You are on page 1of 314

XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer
Engineering

XX
“Electrical Engineering”, Bachelor of
Science (Communication, Electrical Power,
Computer and Industrial Control Focus Areas)

Regular Five Year Program Modularized Curriculum

Addis Ababa, Ethiopia

1
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Imprint
First Edition, December 2006
Second Revision, May, 2007
Third Revision, July, 2010

Fourth Revision, August 2012


Fifth Revision, March 2013
Sixth Revision, July 2013

The document is prepared by


The Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Curriculum Reform/Revision Committee

Addis Ababa, July 2013

2
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Endorsement

This document is endorsed by:


The Academic Council of the XXX Institute of Technology.

Date Endorsed:

Addis Ababa,
Ethiopia

3
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Contents
INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................................................................... 6
Vision Statement ..................................................................................................................................................6
Mission Statement ...............................................................................................................................................7
HISTORY OF THE DEPARTMENT .........................................................................................................................................8
Earliest EE Programs – The Faculty of Technology ...............................................................................................8
Start and Early Needs for New Directions in Engineering Education ...................................................................9
ACADEMIC BACKGROUND OF STUDENTS .............................................................................................................................9
INTAKE CAPACITY .........................................................................................................................................................10
BACKGROUND OF THE CURRICULUM REFORM .................................................................................................... 11
OBJECTIVES .......................................................................................................................................................... 11
GENERAL OBJECTIVES ...................................................................................................................................................11
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES ....................................................................................................................................................11
GENERAL ACTIVITIES.....................................................................................................................................................12
Research and Development................................................................................................................................12
Design.................................................................................................................................................................12
Production/Manufacturing ................................................................................................................................12
Installation, Operation and Maintenance ..........................................................................................................13
Analysis and Testing ...........................................................................................................................................13
Sales, Consultation and Purchase ......................................................................................................................13
BASIC ABILITIES, SKILLS .................................................................................................................................................13
ENGINEERING KNOWLEDGE............................................................................................................................................13
GRADUATE PROFILES ....................................................................................................................................................14
I. Electrical Engineer with Communication Engineering Focus ....................................................................14
II. Electrical Engineer with Electrical Power Engineering Focus ....................................................................14
III. Electrical Engineer with Computer Engineering Focus .............................................................................14
IV. Electrical Engineer with Industrial Control Engineering Focus .................................................................15
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE PROGRAM....................................................................................................................... 15
DURATION OF THE PROGRAM .........................................................................................................................................15
RATIONALE OF THE PROGRAM ........................................................................................................................................15
STRUCTURE OF THE CURRICULUM....................................................................................................................................16
LECTURE ORIENTED CATEGORIES ....................................................................................................................................19
a) Humanity and Social Science Category .....................................................................................................19
b) Scientific and Engineering Fundamentals Category .................................................................................19
c) Core Electrical Engineering Category ........................................................................................................20
d) Communication Engineering Focus...........................................................................................................20
e) Electrical Power Engineering Focus ..........................................................................................................20
f) Computer Engineering Focus ....................................................................................................................21
g) Industrial Control Engineering Focus ........................................................................................................21
PRACTICE ORIENTED CATEGORIES ...................................................................................................................................22
 Community based education ....................................................................................................................22
 Introduction to Engineering ......................................................................................................................22
 Semester Project .......................................................................................................................................22
 Internship (Industry Placement) ...............................................................................................................22
 B.Sc. Thesis................................................................................................................................................25

4
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

THE EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM (ECTS) ............................................................................................................26


PROGRAM COMPOSITION ..............................................................................................................................................26
COURSE NUMBERING ...................................................................................................................................................27
MODULE CODING ........................................................................................................................................................27
COURSE LIST ...............................................................................................................................................................28
0. Humanity and Social Science Category .....................................................................................................28
1. Engineering Science and Mathematics Category .....................................................................................28
2. Core Electrical Engineering Category ........................................................................................................29
3. Communication Engineering Category .....................................................................................................30
4. Electrical Power Engineering Category .....................................................................................................30
5. Computer Engineering Category...............................................................................................................31
6. Industrial Control Engineering Category ...................................................................................................32
7. Internship and Projects .............................................................................................................................32
ABOUT STUDENTS ........................................................................................................................................................33
ADMISSION OR LEGIBILITY CRITERIA TO THE PROGRAM ........................................................................................................33
Admission to Regular Program ..........................................................................................................................33
Admission to Continuing Education Program ....................................................................................................33
Department Placement ......................................................................................................................................34
TEACHING-LEARNING METHODS AND MATERIALS ..............................................................................................................34
Methodology ......................................................................................................................................................34
Tools ...................................................................................................................................................................35
Skills to be developed in addition to technical core competencies.....................................................................36
Addressing learning needs of all students ..........................................................................................................36
Different Learning Styles ....................................................................................................................................37
Paradigm Shift ....................................................................................................................................................37
Strategies ...........................................................................................................................................................37
Interactive based Blended e-learning .................................................................................................................38
Development of learner’s initiatives through project studies ............................................................................38
Community as a setting for participatory based learning ..................................................................................39
EXAMINATION AND GRADING .........................................................................................................................................39
Examination System ...........................................................................................................................................39
Examination Pass-Fail Pathways ........................................................................................................................40
QUALITY ASSURANCE .......................................................................................................................................... 41
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................................................................43
DEGREE NOMENCLATURE ..............................................................................................................................................43
LIST OF MODULES ................................................................................................................................................ 44
FOCUS AREA SEMESTERS ..................................................................................................................................... 50
ADVANCED ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS .......................................................................................................................130
ECEG-M2101..........................................................................................................................................................130

5
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Introduction
In the modern-days, development of a country mainly depends on the development of the
industries. The development of these sectors significantly depends on the standard of
technical education nurtured by the universities and the technical institutes of the country.
It is observed that most of the developed countries maintain a strong relationship between
the universities and the industries. It is believed that the universities are the gateway of
new technologies. Universities develop new technologies and by co-operating with indus-
tries they implement these technologies to raise the standard and effectiveness of the
industry. Universities take the responsibilities to provide technical human resources for
the industries of any country.

The Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering (ECEg) is one of the largest
departments in the College of Engineering and Technology in xxx University. The
Department has been serving the country and also advanced the University’s reputation. It
has trained a significant number of Electrical and Computer Engineers in the country who
are playing key roles in the various sectors of development in the country.

The core Strategy of the Department is to pursue its vision and mission to enhance its
research, linkage with industry, academic and scholarly activities and become a center of
excellence for its programs, thereby improving its eminence in national and international
rankings.

Vision Statement

The ECEg Department aspires to excel in teaching, research, and industry


linkage/consultancy at a national level as well as regionally and also in producing
competent engineers within the field of electrical, electronic, and computer engineering to
solve the problem of our country and bring about growth.

Realization of this vision requires focusing on specializations relevant to the need of the
country; namely, Communication Engineering, Electrical Power Engineering, Computer
Engineering, and Industrial Control Engineering. This in turn requires institutional
reorganization such as upgrading to faculty level where each discipline may have its own
department.

6
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

The attainment of this vision will require hard work on the part of Faculty/Department, staff,
and students. This effort will require collaboration with the administration, alumni, industrial
friends, different organizations and other universities.

Mission Statement

The ECEg Department is preparing young men and women to lead productive and
rewarding professional lives at the forefront of Engineering in the 21st century and
pursues research and linkage with the industry to advance the state-of-the-art in
electrical and computer engineering education.

At present, the Department is running a B.Sc. degree program in a unified Electrical and
Computer Engineering program. In addition, the Department is running a continuing
education program that leads to B.Sc. degree.

The graduates of the Department have profound knowledge in basic science, mathematics,
social science and the major disciplines: Communications, Power Engineering, Control
Systems, and Computer Engineering (Hardware & Software).

Electrical and Computer Engineering plays an important role in the development of the
country. The development of the energy, communication, industrial and commercial
sectors need well-qualified Electrical and Computer Engineers. Our graduates are working
all over the country in a variety of jobs. They work in installation, design, testing, research
and sales of electrical devices and systems. Many of them are engaged in Ethiopian
Electrical Power Corporation, in Ethiopian Telecommunication Corporation, in Ethiopian
Airlines and in various other industrial and business organizations.

It is being observed that there is a widespread and fast change in the application and
development in the field of Electrical and Computer Engineering in the country and the
world. Therefore, there is a need for revising the currently running program with respect
to the national and international situation. The Department felt that much is expected
from it to bring about changes in the field of Electrical Engineering, Information and
Communication Technology (ICT) in the country. That is why the Ministry of Capacity
Building initiated the revision of the curriculum in 2005.

Today’s electrical and computer engineers must be able to find solutions to new complex
and challenging technical problems. They must have strong scientific, technical and
managerial skills and be able to integrate technical concepts with practical applications.

7
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

This professional profile is prepared for curriculum revision. In the new curriculum more
attention has been given to:
 Current technological advancement in the area,
 The demand from the industries (need of the country),
 Increasing the linkage between the industry and the faculty,
 Enhancing the innovative and problem solving skill of the graduates.

Taking into consideration the requirements of modern industries the department has
realized that there is a need to implement the following four specializations (streams) in
the present undergraduate engineering course.
 Communication Engineering,
 Electrical Power Engineering,
 Computer Engineering, and
 Industrial Control Engineering,
The coverage of these specialized areas will be given during the last three or four
semesters of the present B.Sc. engineering course.

History of the Department


The background information on the developments of former Electrical Engineering (EE)
and present Electrical and Computer Engineering (ECEg) programs are as follows.

Earliest EE Programs – The Faculty of Technology


XXX University, the Country’s first innovative Community Based Education oriented
institution of higher learning was established in 1983 as xxx Institute of Health Sciences. In
1999 it, embracing xxx College of Agriculture, was upgraded to xxx University by the
Federal Democratic Republic Government of Ethiopia opening new fields of study, other
than the health sciences streams, such as Faculty of Technology, Faculty of Business &
Economics and further extended its number of faculties by launching Faculty of Education,
Faculty of Law, Faculty of Natural and Information Sciences and Faculty of Social and
Humanities in the following years.

8
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

The Faculty of Technology was opened in September 1997 under xxx Institute of Health
Sciences. It comprised three departments: Civil, Electrical, and Mechanical Engineering. The
establishment of the Faculty is generally aimed at acquiring skilled man power in each
category.

The First EE Program

The first curriculum of the department which was developed in 1997 was adapted mainly
from Technology Faculty of Addis Ababa University. This curriculum used to take five years
of study.

The Revised EE Program

This first curriculum was revised in 2003 due to the nationwide implementation of a new
education policy which reduced the duration of the program to 4 years. This revised
curriculum was developed to address the change in education policy and the need of the
market by incorporating new courses which were not present in the first curriculum.

Start and Early Needs for New Directions in Engineering Education

Starting from the earliest historical backgrounds, the Electrical Engineering (EE) programs
of study of Faculty of Technology, xxx has grown and expanded from basic power and
electronics engineering into four streams:
 Communication Engineering,
 Electrical Power Engineering,
 Industrial Control Engineering and
 Computer Engineering

Academic Background of Students


Ethiopian schooling is up to 10th grade with a national examination at the end of the 10th
grade. Then students with good passing grade in the national exam join two-year
preparatory study to join higher learning institutions. After completing the preparatory,
there is a national examination again. Those who passed the national exam join
Universities.

9
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

In the new curriculum, students who join the Faculty of Technology (now College of
Engineering and Technology, xxx University further study for one semester as pre-
engineering students. In this assessment semester they are more prepared academically as
well as psychologically for University education and life. They take basic science,
mathematics, and fundamental engineering courses with some humanity and social science
courses. At the end of the semester, these students take examinations on all subjects and
who successfully passed the exam have the possibility to join the Department.

Intake Capacity
At the moment there are total of 460 students in the Department. The following table
shows the number of students in the regular and extension undergraduate programs.
Table 1 : Present Number of students in Electrical and Computer Engineering
S/No. Program Undergraduate Total

1 Regular (full time) 1380 1380


2 Extension - -
Total 1380 1380

The department envisages to accepting a total of 400 students per year for the various
modules with the new curriculum. Out of these, 300 are to be regular while 100 are
extension students. The envisaged number of student intake per year for the new
curriculum in each stream is shown in table below.
Table 2: Envisaged yearly student intake including students in each stream
UG
S/No. Program
Comm. Power Comp. Control Micro. Sum
1 UG-Regular 75 80 75 60 30 300
2 UG-Extension 20 20 20 20 15 100
Total 95 100 95 80 45 400

10
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Background of the Curriculum Reform


The present course of study, prepared by the Department, is part of the national
engineering education overhaul program initiated by the Ministry of Capacity Building of
the Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia. It is basically a refinement of the program
with additional emphasis on relevant and practical training with strong linkage with the
industry.

The new curriculum is developed to cater the demand of innovative, highly skilled, practice
oriented, entrepreneur, and ethical man power in the various fields of Electrical and
Computer engineering such as Power Engineering, Industrial Control Engineering,
Communication Engineering, and Computer Engineering.

The students will have options to choose their stream/focus area from the above four basic
divisions. A successful graduate of the program will not only be globally competent but also
have active and decisive role in local industries. The Department will be devoted to
research and development work in line with global research trends and will incorporate
the Community Based Education philosophy of the University, and will contribute to the
national development through innovative projects and extensive research work. It will
promote industrialization by motivating staff and students and offering consultancy
services for prospective investors and entrepreneurs in the stage of industrial setup.

Objectives
General Objectives
 To train high level technical manpower which can participate in the national
development activities;
 To carry out research in the areas of electrical and computer engineering and
relevant to the needs of the Country;
 To render consultancy services to the community.

Specific Objectives
 To train electrical and computer engineers.
 To prepare graduates with the capability of following the current and future
developments in the field and related applications.

11
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 To enable graduates work as a team in addressing technical problems


 To provide opportunity for workers in the field of electrical technology to upgrade
their knowledge through a continuing education evening program.
 To provide graduates with sufficient background to undertake postgraduate
training in any one of the various focus areas of Electrical Engineering discipline.
 To engage students in research that offers optimal solutions to technical problems
in the industry, energy sector, telecommunications, computer applications and
other industrial sectors.
 To offer consultancy service to government, industry and society.

Professional Profile
Electrical and Computer Engineering is the branch of engineering that deals with the
technology of electricity and electronics, especially the design and application of electronic
circuit, equipment for power generation and distribution, machine control,
communications and computer hardware and software.

General Activities
Electrical and computer engineering covers the broadest spectrum of activities among the
engineering disciplines:

Research and Development


 Developing of new products on existing or new technologies.
 Applied research on new technologies and improving the existing technology.

Design
 Designing of required system and /or devices for indigenization (modifying)
 Designing of interface unit to adapt existing devices with new system.
 Modifying existing system to enhance its utilization.

Production/Manufacturing
 Supervising, modifying and optimizing manufacturing process to improve cost
effective yields with quality.

12
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Installation, Operation and Maintenance


 After understanding the procedures as given in manual of manufacturer is able to
install, operate and maintain the systems.

Analysis and Testing


 Analyzing and developing test set-ups for testing system/devices to assess the
quality, safety and reliability of performance of the system.
 Trouble shooting and repairing the system.

Sales, Consultation and Purchase


 Sales person for National/ International Companies.
 Consulting Companies to optimize the price-performance of systems.
 Defining and justifying the requirements for sales and purchase.

Basic Abilities, Skills


 Able to understand the state of art techniques, devices, software, protocols.
 Proceeding in methodical approach to solve problems.
 Being a team member communicative, cooperative and transparent.
 Working independently, assuming responsibility.
 Leading, motivating and caring professionals.
 Managing the project, productions, manpower and resources cost effectively.
 Learning life-long, improving the skills and exploring new areas.
 Observing national and international standards and regulation.

Engineering Knowledge
 Fundamental knowledge in engineering mathematics.
 Fundamental knowledge in physics, EM fields, semiconductors, electrical materials,
thermodynamics, static and dynamics.
 Knowledge in electrical machines, electronic analogue and digital circuits, signal &
system, measurements, control, microprocessor and communication.
 Knowledge in computer hardware and software.

13
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Graduate Profiles
The following streams (focus areas) of ECEg are identified as very important for the
development of the country.

I. Electrical Engineer with Communication Engineering Focus


o Design and test electronic circuits.
o Design and maximize the utilization of communication network
efficiently and with the least possible delay and adequate quality.
o Able to carry out research in the area of system design/networking and
bring solution in operational settings.
o Able to solve problems in intensive signal processing and routing of
information packets.

II. Electrical Engineer with Electrical Power Engineering Focus


o Plan, design, analyze, develop, operate, control and maintain of electrical
power plants (thermal, hydro, renewable), power apparatus and
protection system.
o Plan, design, analyze and develop power transmission and distribution
system.
o Design, analysis, construction, installation, control, operation and
maintenance of electrical machines, power electronic devices and drives.

III. Electrical Engineer with Computer Engineering Focus


o Design, develop, analyze and test the hardware and software for systems
applicable to any industries, business, hospitals, institutions and offices.
o Install, operate and maintain computer systems.
o Work as a computer hardware engineer, software engineer, system
analyst, data communication analyst, computer network engineer,
database analyst, data administrator, network administrator, information
systems quality assurance analyst, information system consultant, system
tester, system security analyst, customer support analyst, system auditor,
computer service engineer, web designer, webmaster, interactive media
developer.

14
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

IV. Electrical Engineer with Industrial Control Engineering Focus


o Design, develop and analyze of control and instrumentation system
applied for monitoring, data acquisition and data analysis of electrical
and non-electrical systems including digital, analogue, robust and higher
order controllers.
o Plan, produce, install, implement, operate and maintain the control and
instrumentation systems.

Bachelor of Science Program


Duration of the Program
This newly revised ECEg degree program is a 5-year program, including industry
internship semester, which prepares graduates for careers as professional engineers in
such areas as Communication, Electrical Power, Computer and Industrial Control
Engineering.

Rationale of the Program


 Engineering in general and electrical/electronic engineering in particular is a highly
dynamic field of study in that the rapid development of the technology doesn’t allow
leaving academic curricula untouched for a long time. Thus, to minimize the gap
between the state-of-the-art and the teaching process and maintain the relevance
and educational standard, there is always a need for curricula review.
 The basic rationale for all of the Department’s programs are the prevailing
conditions in the Country with respect to the needs for professionals in this area and
the future trends that are developing in the demands for the profession. The
Department has been keenly following the developments in this regard both within
the Country and internationally and the following provide some of the major facts
and observations on which these programs premised.
 Over the years the Department has trained students the undergraduate instructions
have followed both the national needs and the rapid growth of the discipline - and
have now reached a point where graduates of its undergraduate program are
equipped with sufficient theoretical and practical skills that would enable them to
be engaged in work in the Electrical/Electronic sector of the national economy.

15
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Ethiopia, like many of the developing countries, is essentially a user of products of


Electrical Engineering technology. So far, the undergraduate program is designed so
as to meet the needs of the main employers of the graduates in the operation and
maintenance of electrical and electronic equipment and machines. To meet these
needs the program is made broad enough to cover most major areas of electrical
engineering such as power, electronics, communications, control, and computers
without any particular specialization. But it has now become necessary to look
ahead to the future needs of the country and provide educational means to meet
these needs.
 It is still logical to maintain the broad nature of the undergraduate curricula that
affords the graduates versatility in terms of employment. But it has now become
necessary to look ahead to the future needs of the Country and provide educational
means to meet these needs. The current revision of the curricula has therefore
sought to address these through strengthening all streams.
 With the advent of microelectronics, computers and computer-based equipment
have found wider application in industry and other sectors. The declining prices for
these equipments have also made them affordable and therefore accessible to large
segments in industry. Computer applications have now been diversified and the
traditional use of the computer in data processing and other computational
application are only a small part of these diverse applications.
 The convergence of computers & communication technologies has made it
imperative to provide education that imports knowledge & skill in these two fields
concurrently. The Electrical Engineering Department is well placed to offer such a
program through its currently revised programs.
 The aim is to produce electrical engineers who are flexible across various
disciplines; and are able to apply their knowledge and skills to lead multi-
disciplinary teams to solve the increasingly complex problems of the industry and
technology.

Structure of the Curriculum


 The new ECEg curriculum focuses on broad-based training to provide flexibility of
career choices and focused training to provide competence in particular electrical
engineering profession. It finds balance between breadth and depth to provide a
solid foundation in the basic engineering, mathematics, electrical engineering on
one hand, and comprehensive training in humanities and management on the other.

16
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 The assessment semester is intended to consolidate the students' educational


background for higher learning and further help them to adapt to the system.
 In the five consecutive semesters, after the common assessment semester, all the
students take courses mainly in the core electrical engineering category. This
provides them with a broad background for all areas of electrical and electronic
engineering. At the end of the sixth semester, the students will be taking a holistic
evaluation that requires an overview of all the courses taken to make sure that they
are ready for the focus area studies and to indicate inclination of students towards
the focus area.
 In the final two years, students are given the opportunity to focus on one of the four
areas, namely communication engineering, electrical power engineering, computer
engineering, and industrial control engineering shown in the flowchart. The
students are placed to the streams based on their inclination, the holistic exam
result and the cumulative grade point (CGPA).

17
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Admission

1 Common Assessment Semester


Humanity & Social Sciences
Engineering Sciences & Mathematics

5 Common Semesters
Core Electrical Engineering

Holistic
Examination

Focus?

1 Semester 1 Semester 1 Semester 1 Semester


Communication Electrical Power Computer Industrial Control
Engineering Engineering Engineering Engineering

Industry Internship Semester

2 Focus Area Semesters


and
B.Sc. Thesis

Graduation

18
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Lecture Oriented Categories

a) Humanity and Social Science Category


 This category has the following main objectives:
 This category helps the students to know the responsibilities and duties of a good
citizen, so that their participation in the development of democratic society becomes
effective;
 To create the power of critical thinking the category provides the techniques &
methods for testing the correctness of many different kind of reasoning including
their own and thereby errors are easily detected;
 To develop effective ways of expressing themselves as well as expressing the
technical details in terms of speaking and writing of English;
 To understand the role of the cost effective methods of doing every task the
students are exposed to the role of economics in society and the role of engineering
economy;
 To understand the role of managers, applicable to different departments of various
industries.

b) Scientific and Engineering Fundamentals Category


 This category helps the student to learn the engineering languages like that of
Mathematics and Engineering Drawing and also provides the fundamental concepts
of Physics for the electrical engineers. It helps the students
 To understand and apply the various concepts of calculus, differential equations,
linear algebra and various engineering series and sequences;
 To understand and express random events for representing the behaviors of signals
embedded in noises;
 To be able to apply various computational methods for modeling technical
operations;
 To understand the fundamental concepts of Statics, and Dynamics for engineering
applications;
 To know and practice the representation in engineering drawing.

19
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

c) Core Electrical Engineering Category


 This category is the heart of the curriculum, which provides foundation for the
electrical engineering. At later stage students can take up the studies of
specialization on any other branches of Electrical Engineering.
 To understand the fundamental concepts of electrical and electronic engineering;
 To be able to understand the concept of computer architecture and programming
and able to apply to real life applications;
 To be able to understand and analyze electrical networks, signal, and systems;
 To be able to understand the concept of various electrical machines and electrical
power system;
 To learn the digital signal processing techniques and to be able to bring solution to
the problems of real time signal;
 To understand the microprocessor and micro controller and their interfacing and to
be able to handle these hardware;
 To understand the fundamentals of electronic communication and control system.

d) Communication Engineering Focus


 Communication engineering involves the transfer of information such as voice,
music, data, videos or graphics, between people or machines at different locations.
This focus area helps the student to get the exposure on the fundamentals of most
commonly used electronic communication techniques in telecommunication and
data communication systems. These students will be able to undertake the higher
studies on Electronic Communication. On the completion of courses in this stream
students will be able:
 To participate in design and maximize the utilization of communication links and
network efficiently and with the least possible delay and adequate quality;
 To participate in research in the area of system design/networking and bring
solutions in operational settings;
 To solve problems in intensive signal processing and routing of information packets.

e) Electrical Power Engineering Focus


 Students will study power system planning, design, operation, protection and
control. They will gain basic knowledge of electrical power generation,
transmission, distribution and utilization of electrical energy. They will also study
the economical aspects of power generation, transmission and distribution systems.

20
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

The focus area offer courses to familiarize one with modern power system analysis,
design, planning, operation, control, and protection of power systems. At the end of
the study, the student is expected to:
 To understand all the components of a power system including generation,
transmission, and distribution;
 To participate in research in the area of system design/networking and bring
solutions in operational settings;
 To solve power system problems.

f) Computer Engineering Focus


 Computer Engineering involves the design and analysis of computer systems. It
encompasses both hardware and software design. The focus area offers courses
such as computer architecture, microcomputer, software engineering, computer
networking and others. At the end of the study, the student is expected to:
 To understand all the components of a computer hardware and software
components;
 To participate in research in the area of system design/networking;

g) Industrial Control Engineering Focus


 Students will study the characteristics and designs of industrial automation process.
Control and automation is one of the fast growing branches of electrical engineering
with the advent of electronics and computer. Its application and employment
opportunity are almost everywhere in industry and commercial offices. In this focus
area process control, industrial automation, modern and digital control engineering,
power electronics and drive courses, are given in depth to prepare the student for
practical challenges in real world and for post graduate study.
 At the end of the study, the student is expected to:
 To assist in the analysis and design of practical industrial control systems;
 To participate in research in the area of industrial control and instrumentation
system;
 To solve industry problems that can result in maximum efficiency and productivity.

21
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Practice Oriented Categories

 Community based education


 As the Community Based Education is the University’s philosophy of training, the
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering has incorporated the
Community Based Training Program in its curriculum as a component in its modular
organization. The Community Based Education provides multi disciplinary training
and integrated teaching that incorporates the University and the surrounding
Community. The community based education module contains the following
courses:
 Demographic Survey and Community problem identification
 Appropriate Technology
 Action plan development and Intervention phase

 Introduction to Engineering
During the assessment semester, just before the students choose their area of
specialization, a 2-credit course is given to introduce the engineering profession as a whole
and also to give the students the opportunity to deal with the basic technical skills from the
wood work, metal work, electrical work and masonry work. After the assessment semester,
each department offers a series of practice-oriented courses such as workshops and
semester projects.

 Semester Project
The 2-credit course (Semester Project) is given to a group of not more than three students
in which the group has to present the results of the semester work to staff of the
Department. It is believed that students get introduced to methods of problem solving,
team work and presentation skill before the B.Sc. thesis.

 Internship (Industry Placement)


In industry internship students must be attached with an industry for one regular semester
in order to get real world experience in their field of study, which compliments their
education.

General
The pre-requisite for registration in the industry attachment program is successful

22
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

completion of all semesters before the internship program. At the end of their internship,
the student and the internship coach at the industry have to submit a report on the
attachment program, which is evaluated at the departmental committee with pass or fail
grade. Students who cannot obtain a pass mark for the internship program will not be
allowed to register for the next semester. They will be advised to repeat the semester with
the next batch of students.
The new Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) curriculum in the Electrical and Computer Engineering
program requires a one-semester internship (industry placement) after the successful
completion of the ‘holistic examination’ given at the end of the sixth semester of the
program. During the internship, the daily and monthly working times follow the systems
practiced in the respective industry for the upper middle-level management. Specifically,
they follow the system practiced in the respective company that hosts the student. As a
rule, the entire internship period has to be spent in a single company; a change of company
during the internship period will only be permitted under extraordinary circumstances. In
such a case, the decision is with the University-Industry Linkage (UIL) Officer.
A seminar program, organized by the UIL Officer will accompany the internship semester.
Participation in the seminar program is compulsory (mandatory).
At the end of the internship, the student submits to the UIL Officer a comprehensive report,
duly endorsed by the student’s host company. The report is assigned 30 ECTS. The required
format and assessment of the report is detailed in the Curriculum Handbook for the
department. The report will be assessed by specifically assigned internship program
evaluator (or university professors/lecturers).

Objectives
The internship program has the following objective(s):

 Expansion of knowledge and acquaintance with industry in the field of Electrical


and Computer Engineering.

 Consolidation and deepening of existing knowledge in the Electrical and Computer


Engineering design and construction industry.

 Participation in the development, manufacture and assembly of products typical for


the industry.

 Involvement in the planning, steering and management of the design & construction
processes.

 Hands-on training in practical skills typical for the industry. Typically, this would be

23
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

participation –individually or within a (task) group– in real assignments/projects,


which entail the application of knowledge and skills attained so far during the
studies at University –and aiming at developing special skills related to the
industrial practice in one or several of the following fields (depending on the type of
industry and company profile):
o Design and construction.
o Laboratory (quality monitoring) work.
o Task management (labor management, logistics).
o Business management, Marketing.

Academic Requirements
The academic requirements for entry into the internship (industry-placement semester) is
the successful completion of the holistic examination, which encompasses all parts of the
study program completed until the end of the 6th semester.
As is indicated in the description of the Internship Module, the Internship program creates
the opportunity for the students to familiarize themselves with the Industry. The
Committee proposes that an office be establishes with the mandate of organizing the
Internship for the students.
The office should look for interested employers form the private and public sectors. It
should also create permanent contact with the Construction Industry. The private sectors
involve among others consulting offices and construction firms. The public sector involves
the Design Enterprises established in the Country. The Duration of the internship should be
one semester and it must not necessarily carry any credits. However, it should be
mandatory.

Proof of Finishing an Internship Semester


In order to acknowledge an internship semester the student must submit a written report
to the Internship Coordinator. This must be signed by the student’s host company. This
report is written solely by the student and contains information on the working-out of
larger or smaller themes, with which the student is confronted during the work in the
company. It can include literature study. The report must document the areas in which the
student has worked and the specific knowledge obtained as a result.
For the internship the host company must issue a certificate on the industry project.
At the end of the internship the student has to make a presentation (final seminar) on the

24
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

results of the industry project.


The internship semester is granted 30 ECTS points if the student has successfully passed
the semester.

Cost
All matters related to the cost of the internship process will follow Government legislations.
The following items should be included in the budget preparation:

 Insurance (accident during work & trips to/from work)


 Long-distance travel cost (if company is far from University, e.g. another region)
 Daily travel to/from work
 Travel to/from University (e.g. from location of company) to attend the mandatory
seminar
 program organized by the University (if any)
 Accommodation, if the workplace is far from the University
 Cost for printing the comprehensive report
 Remuneration for the internship from the company, if any.

 B.Sc. Thesis
The B.Sc. Thesis is the final element of the B.Sc. study program. The main goal of this course
is to develop the individual creative and problem solving ability of graduates. Students will
receive an individual project specification from various areas and work them out
individually under the supervision of faculty advisor or/and professional advisor from the
industry. The candidate use all the theoretical knowledge and practical skill he obtained
during his/her study to solve the engineering problem in a scientific way which includes
problem analysis, solution, verification, implementation, documentation, and presentation.
B.Sc. Thesis is defended in front of the official committee at the end of the study.

25
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

The European Credit Transfer System (ECTS)


The conventional credit system used in higher education systems is mainly based on
student contact hours in class and laboratory sessions. A new system of credit system is
introduced that takes the extra hours a student spends for the course in addition to
lectures, tutorials, and laboratory practical. In ECTS credits are values, allocated to course
units, to describe the student workload required to complete a course including attending
lectures, seminars, independent and private study, preparation of projects and
examinations.

In this revised curriculum, the ECTS equivalent of the old credit system has been estimated
and shown for each course in the course breakdown. In ECTS, one credit stands for 25-30
hours of work activity. A semester study within this system is set at 30 ECTS points (750-
900 hours).

Program Composition
The total credit hour requirement for graduation in any one of the streams is 158
(300ECTS) of which 105 credits (180ECTS) are covered during the first six common
semesters composed of courses from the three basic categories: Humanity and social
science, Scientific and engineering fundamentals and Core electrical engineering. The
remaining credit hours, i.e., 53 credit hours (120ECTS), are given during the last four focus
area semesters which consists of Focus area courses, Internship and B.Sc. Thesis. The
categories are summarized in the following table.
Category ECTS Percent
Humanity and Social Sciences 34 11.26
Engineering Science & Mathematics 50 16.56
Core Electrical Engineering 101 33.44
Focus Area (Average) 71 23.51
Internship & Projects 46 15.23

Total 302 100

A student is expected to choose one of the four focus areas Communication, Electrical
Power, Computer, or Industrial Control Engineering at the end of the sixth semester.
26
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Course Numbering
The four-digit course (ECEg 0123) numbering system allows one to identify:
 The Course Offering Department – in this case ECEg - the department of Electrical &
Computer Engineering,
 The Year along the program in which the course if offered by the department,
 The module (the middle two digits indicate the module number the course belongs
to)
 The sequence of courses in a module
 Common courses in the stream are given the same course coding depending on the
stream it belongs to

Exceptions to this coding are SpSc, Econ, Phil, CvEt, EnLa, EnLa, EnLa service courses from
Social Sciences; Mathematics courses Math and other Engineering Courses offered by other
Engineering departments CEng (Statics), MEng (Engineering Drawing), MEng (Dynamics),
and MEng (Engineering Thermodynamics). The numbering given by the departments
concerned for such courses have been kept as they are.

Module Coding
The four-digit module (ECEg 0123) numbering system allows one to identify:

 The Module Offering Department – in this case ECEg - the department of Electrical &
Computer Engineering,

 The Year along the program in which the module if offered by the department,( in
case where module extends over two different years, the year in which the module
is began is taken in to consideration)

 The module (the middle two digits indicate the module number

 The category of the courses in the module

27
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Course List
0. Humanity and Social Science Category

Home
Course No Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut Lab
Study
Enla1011 Communicative English Skills
5 2 3 - 3
Skills
Enla1012 Basic Writing Skills 5 2 3 - 3
Econ1063 Introduction to Economics 4 3 - - 4
CESt1023 Introduction to Logic (Reasoning
3 2 1 - 2
Skill)
CvEt1011 Civics & Ethical Educations 5 3 1 - 4
IEng5361 Engineering Entrepreneurship 4 2 2 - 4
IEng5362 Industrial Management &
5 2 3 - 3
Engineering Economy
ECEg4341 Research Methods &
3 2 - - 3
Presentation
Total 34

1. Engineering Science and Mathematics Category

Home
Course No Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut Lab
Study
GEng1031 Introduction to Engineering 2 2
Professions 1 - -
MEng1061 Engineering Drawing 5 2 - 3 3
Math1021 Applied MathematicsI 6 3 3 - 4
Math1022 Applied Mathematics II 6 3 3 - 4
Math2023 Applied Mathematics III 6 3 3 - 4
CEng1031 Engineering Mechanics I
5 2 3 - 3
(Statics)
MEng1062 Engineering Mechanics II
5 2 3 -
(Dynamics) 3
MEng2111 Engineering Thermodynamics 4 2 2 - 3

28
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Home
Course No Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut Lab
Study
ECEg2033 Introduction to Computing 5 2 - 3 3
ECEg2113 Computational Methods 6 3 - 3 4
Total 50

2. Core Electrical Engineering Category

Home
Course No Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut Lab
Study
ECEg1071 Fundamental of Electrical
6 2 3 -
Engineering 4
ECEg1072 Electrical Engineering Lab I 3 - - 3 2
ECEg2121 Signals and Systems Analysis 6 3 3 - 4
ECEg2111 Applied Electronics I 5 3 3 - 3
ECEg2113 Applied Electronics II 5 3 3 - 3
ECEg2112 Electrical Engineering Lab II 3 - - 3 2
ECEg2114 Electrical Engineering Lab III 3 - - 3 2
ECEg2073 Electrical Workshop Practice I 2 - - 3 1
ECEg3133 Electrical Workshop Practice II 4 1 - 6 1
ECEg2092 Electromagnetic Fields 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg2091 Applied Modern Physics 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg3153 Introduction to Control Systems 6 2 3 2 3
ECEg3141 Digital Logic Design 6 2 2 3 3
ECEg3152 Introduction to Communication
6 2 3 2 3
Systems
ECEg3131 Introduction to Electrical
5 2 3 - 3
Machines
ECEg3132 Electrical Engineering Lab IV 3 - - 3 2
ECEg3151 Digital Signal Processing 6 2 3 2 3
ECEg2114 Probability and Random
5 2 3 - 3
Processes
ECEg3143 Computer Architecture & 5 2 3 - 3

29
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Home
Course No Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut Lab
Study
Organization
ECEg3122 Network Analysis & Synthesis 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4155 Electrical Measurement and
5 2 3 - 3
Instrumentation
ECEg3133 Electrical Materials and
5 2 3 - 3
Technology
Total 104

3. Communication Engineering Category

Home
Course No Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut Lab
Study
ECEg4172 Communication Systems 5 3 - 3 3
ECEg4291 EM Wave & Guided Structures 5 3 - 3 3
ECEg4282 Telecommunication Networks 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4292 Antennas and Radio Wave
5 3 - 3 3
Propagation
ECEg4301 Microwave Devices and Systems 5 3 - 3 3
ECEg4283 Wireless and Mobile
5 3 - 3 3
Communications
ECEg4302 Optics and Optical
5 2 - 3 3
Communication
Microelectronic Devices and
5 2 - 3 3
ECEg4261 Circuits
ECEg5284 Switching & Intelligent Networks 2 2 - - 2

Total 42

4. Electrical Power Engineering Category

Home
Course No Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut Lab
Study

30
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Home
Course No Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut Lab
Study
ECEg4221 Electrical Machines 6 2 3 2 3

ECEg4241 Electrical Installation 5 2 3 - 4


ECEg3154 Introduction to Power Systems 6 3 3 4
Energy Conversion and Rural
6 2 3 2 3
ECEg4242 Electrification
Power Electronics & Electric
6 2 3 2 3
ECEg4222 Drives
ECEg4231 Power Systems 5 2 3 0 3
Power System Planning &
5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4251 Operation
Power System Protection &
6 2 3 2 3
ECEg4232 Control
ECEg4243 Hydropower Engineering 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg5252 Computer Applications in Power
5 2 1 2 3
System
Total 55

5. Computer Engineering Category

Home
Course No Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut Lab
Study
ECEg3142 Object-Oriented programming 5 2 - 3 3
ECEg4161 Microcomputers & Interfacing 6 2 1 2 4
ECEg4191 Data Communication and
5 2 2 1 3
Computer Networks
ECEg4192 Computer Network Security 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg5201 Advanced Computer Networks 5 2 3 - 5
ECEg4171 Data Structures & Algorithm 6 2 2 2 4
ECEg4172 Database Systems 5 2 1 2 4
ECEg4183 Software Engineering 5 2 3 - 3

31
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Home
Course No Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut Lab
Study
ECEg4181 Operating Systems 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4182 Programming Languages 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4202 Embedded Systems 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4201 VLSI Design 5 2 3 - 3
Total 62

6. Industrial Control Engineering Category

Home
Course No Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut Lab
Study
ECEg4321 Modern Control Systems 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4323 Instrumentation Engineering 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4322 Digital Control Systems 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg5332 Industrial Automation and
6 2 3 - 4
Introduction to Robotics
ECEg4333 Process Control Fundamentals 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4324 Neural Networks & Fuzzy Logic
4 2 2 - 3
Control
Total 30

7. Internship and Projects

Home
Course No Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut Lab
Study
ECEg5351 Industry Internship 30 - 20 - 30
ECEg4342 Semester Project 4 0 0 4
ECEg5371 B.Sc. Project 12 - - 18 2
Total 46

32
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

About Students

Admission or Legibility Criteria to the Program


Admissions to all regular undergraduate programs are processed through the Ministry of
Education (MoE) of the Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia. This is currently true for
all public Higher Education Institutes across the whole nation. Admissions to the
continuing education program (CEP) are processed through the Faculty’s registrar office
based on the criteria set by the University.

Admission to Regular Program

Students who have successfully completed the 10 plus 2 years preparatory secondary
education and have secured a minimum cutoff point with high scores in Physics and
Mathematics are eligible to join the regular undergraduate B.Sc. degree program in
Electrical and Computer Engineering.

Depending on available spaces, diploma graduates from TVET (Technical Vocational


Education and Training) in the fields of Electrical and Computer Engineering will be
admitted based on grades on competitive basis.

Applicants with a minimum cutoff point and with high scores in Physics and Mathematics
in foreign countries examinations equivalent to the 10+2 preparatory program are also
eligible. The equivalence is determined by department.

Admission to Continuing Education Program

The criteria set for admission to the regular program will be employed as the criteria for
admission to the continuing education program.

Candidates who are diploma graduates from an engineering faculty, TVET or similar
recognized college in the fields of Electrical and Computer Engineering with a minimum
cutoff point will be admitted based on space availability, and competitive basis.

Limited numbers of junior staff such as technical assistants in relevant field may be
admitted each year based on non-competitive basis provided that he/she:
a) has served the University for a minimum of 2 consecutive years.
b) meet the minimum admission requirement set for the program.
33
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

c) obtain letter of recommendation from the Head of the Department and approval the
College Academic Commission and consequently, letter of Admission from the
University’s Registrar.
d) sign an undertaking to serve the University after graduation, at least two years of
service for one complete year of study.

Department Placement

After successful completion of the orientation semester (1st semester), students will choose
academic departments according to their desired field of study. In view of the high number
of applicants, admission to the Electrical and Computer Engineering department is usually
on competitive basis based on academic performance. 20% of the total available places
shall be reserved for females in addition to their right to compete in the 80% places. The
department admits on average 150 students every year.

Teaching-Learning Methods and Materials


The core philosophy of the teaching-learning process would be focused at producing a
graduate who is sensitized towards community problems and who can bring about a
palpable change employable problem solver through knowledge application in the real life
setting tuned towards continuous self-learning, and geared up to meet challenges and to
carry forward the task of industrial and national development.

Methodology

The teaching-learning methods to be adopted, for the transfer and/or acquisition of


knowledge and skill development includes

o Classroom Lectures backed up by Course-Work Projects, Tutorials and Assignments,

o Lectures by Industry professionals and resource persons on a periodic basis

o Interactive based “Blended E-Learning” and other such self learning modules,

o Workshop Practice and Laboratory Exercises,

o Practical Demonstrations,

o Audio-Visual teaching materials,

o Cut-Sectional Model Studies,

34
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

o Wall mounted display charts

o Field visits related to community development/intervention

o Industrial visits.

o Practical and development oriented design projects

o Individual and group seminars/Presentations

o Group tasks/discussions/Case studies

o Brain storming sessions

o Assembling/disassembling of real world prototypes

Taking a cue from the dictum of learning which says “You may hear and forget, you may see
and remember but you do and learn”, action oriented and student-centered learning would
be emphasized as the modus operandi while underlining the significance of inducing
curiosity for continuous self learning as the catalyst for effective assimilation of knowledge
and its application in concrete situations.

Tools

o Black boards

o White boards

o Over-head Projectors

o LCD Projectors

o Audio-visual equipment

o ICT related peripherals and software

Most of the lectures requiring graphical display of constructional features in minute detail
shall be conducted using LCD projectors. Animation is to be employed where applicable for
better impact and visualization. Text books and references are available in the Technology
Faculty library. A computer center of the department having a modest number of
computers is available for any problem solving that requires computers. A design room
with 40 computers and the requisite software shall be established during implementation.

35
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Skills to be developed in addition to technical core competencies

Due emphasis would be given in the teaching-learning process, not only towards the
building of technical and professional core competencies but also for imparting and
developing the following:

o Practical problem solving skills,

o Analytical and modeling skills,

o Computer-related skills

o Reasoning skills,

o Fault diagnosis-repair and maintenance skills,

o Innovative product design and development skills,

o Drafting skills

o Reporting /Communication skills

o Managerial/Organizational skills

o Behavioral and interpersonal skills

Addressing learning needs of all students

An objective of education should be to help students build their skills in both their
preferred and less preferred modes of learning. Learning style models that categorize these
modes provide good frame works for designing instruction in engineering education with
the desired breadth. Four different learning style models like;

o The Myers-Briggs Type Indicator (MBTI),

o Kolb’s Learning Style Model (KLSM),

o Herrmann Brain Dominance Instrument (HBDI) and

o Felder-Silverman Learning Style Model (FSLM) have been used effectively in


engineering education in this regard.

A learning style model is useful if balancing instruction on each of the model


dimensions meets the learning needs of essentially all students in a class.

36
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Different Learning Styles

The MBTI model classifies students either as extraverts or introverts, sensors or intuitors,
thinkers or feelers and judgers or perceivers. These MBTI preferences can be combined to
form 16 different learning style types. The KLSM categorizes students as having a
preference for concrete experience or abstract conceptualization and active
experimentation or reflective observation. The HBDI method classifies students in terms of
their relative preferences for thinking in four different modes based on the task-specialized
functioning of the physical brain.

Paradigm Shift

When one takes a closer look at some of the lacunae noticed in the present practice of
engineering instruction, the need for a paradigm shift to remedy the situation becomes
essential. For the past few decades, most engineering instruction has been heavily biased
toward intuitive, verbal, deductive, reflective and sequential learners. However, relatively
few engineering students fall into all four of the above mentioned categories. Thus most
engineering students receive an education that is mismatched to their learning styles. This
could hurt their performance in tapping their creative potential and their attitudes toward
their courses as well their career. Teaching students about learning styles helps them learn
the course material because they become aware of their thinking processes. A variety of
teaching methods such as group problem solving, brainstorming activities, creative and
innovative design projects and writing exercises in addition to formal lecturing would
greatly help in this regard. HBDI also can serve several important functions that include:
helping students gain insight into their learning styles and formulate successful learning
strategies, helping instructors understand student’s questions, comments and answers in
the context of their thinking preferences, helping instructors and students form whole-
brain teams for optimum problem solving and assessing the influence of curriculum
changes on individual and collective student thinking skills.

Strategies

Instructors could greatly improve engineering instruction by increasing the use of methods
oriented toward active learners (participatory activities, field related assignment works,
team projects), sensing learners (guided practice, real-world applications of fundamental
material), and global learners (providing the big picture, showing connections to related
material in other courses and to the students’ experience). It is noted that presenting facts
and familiar phenomena first and then to theories and mathematical models rather than

37
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

always using the “fundamentals, then applications” approach makes it much more effective.
Greater emphasis on active learning experiences in class, replacing formula substitution
problems with open-ended questions and problem formulation exercises, usage of
extensive cooperative learning and to get the students to teach one another rather than
rely exclusively on the instructor can lead to improved student learning, satisfaction with
their instruction as well as self confidence that can do wonders to their morale.

Interactive based Blended e-learning

The more the learner gets involved in the learning process, the better he will be able to
absorb, process and retain the information and make use of it in concrete situations. In the
active mode of knowledge and competence construction, the learner is supported by the
teacher- and also by means of targeted and structured technical impulses The knowledge
has a generally higher relevance as regards the implementation in practice- the transfer
turns out to be easier and the learner experiences learning as a process that he himself can
control and steer in steps. In this context, the potential of blended e-learning (integration of
traditional and e-learning) can be exploited and hence is to be practiced, to the extent
possible, by the use of media and a Learning Management System (LMS). This can be done
by supporting the students to acquire learning contents themselves and by assisting them
as a mentor –not only in situations of physical presence in the class room, but also outside
the class room in the computer lab using the University’s own intranet or may be in the
internet or even in a field setting. A teacher can develop new and more interactive learning
methods through the use of LMS and e-learning platforms, depending on the scope and
content of his own specific subjects. Concerted efforts would be made by one and all
concerned for its implementation

Development of learner’s initiatives through project studies

Through these project study courses, the learner’s initiatives are expected to be developed
for use in the world of work. Students would be required to identify the actual problems
during the course of their industrial internship, analyze them exhaustively for proposing
and developing viable solutions for their ultimate implementation. This exercise is meant
give the much needed boost to augment their real life problem solving skills desperately
needed in the present local context. The scope of these project studies would be so
formulated as to create avenues for the learner to realize his innate creative potential
through self learning and testing, either in physical or virtual reality as may be applicable.
In the end, learners would acquire the confidence of practicing what they have learnt. This

38
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

can act as stepping stone for him to attempt and launch developmental endeavors in the
long run.

Community as a setting for participatory based learning

The learning activities would be extended in to the local communities for making the
education not only learner-centered but also participatory in nature. Teachers, students,
community, governmental and non-governmental /developmental organizations would all
be involved as stakeholders to empower people and affect development in real terms.
Students would be required to identify problems affecting assigned communities, prioritize
them for development of action plans and for implementation and evaluation, adopting all
the while an interdisciplinary approach. Apart from honing their application and problem
solving skills, this would also enable the students to imbibe a sense of professional
commitment to mitigate the suffering of their fellow citizens, while using technology as a
driving force for development. The whole exercise is meant to integrate educational
training, research and service, both for achieving professional relevance as well as to carry
forward the task of development in the local context

Examination and Grading


At the end of each semester, the student sits for final examinations of the courses he/she
has attended (minimum 80% for lectures and tutorials, 100% for practical exercises). A
student must pass the examinations for all the courses in addition to the Holistic
Examination at the end of the sixth semester.

Examination System

Most courses will be assessed by a combination of written and oral examinations. Reports
on project work should also be part and parcel of the assessment metrics. The design
activities shall be assessed entirely by course work and this often shall include assessment
of oral presentations.

According to the revised curriculum, in addition to regular quizzes, home works, and
assignments, the students will undertake one major exam for most courses at the end of
each semester (Final Exam). Some senior courses may not have Mid-term Exams; instead
students will be evaluated based on project work. In addition, the students will take a
holistic examination covering all basic study modules before they leave for their internship.

39
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

In the final year, students should be required to present and defend their B.Sc. thesis work
in front of examining professors and interested audience.

Examination Pass-Fail Pathways


Pass Grade → OK
Fail Grade → Immediate repeat of
FX exam or part failed
(re-sit exam)

Pass Grade → OK

Fail Grade FX → Resultant Fail Grade


F

Fail Grade → Re-take course or


F failed part of course
Pass Grade → OK
Fail Grade FX Immediate repeat of
exam or part failed
(re-sit exam)
Pass Grade → OK
Fail Grade FX → Resultant Fail
Grade F
Fail Grade F → End of study
Fail Grade F → End of study
Grading System and ECTS Grade Transfer
xxx* Grade ECTS Grade
Corresponding Class
Exam Designation Class
Grade fixed number Description
Score
grade
[90,100] A+ 4.00 Very great
[85,90) A 4.00 Distinction
Excellent
Great
[80,85) A – 3.75
Distinction First Class
[75,80) B+ 3.50
Very Good Distinction
[70,75) B 3.00
[65,70) B– 2.75
Good
[60,65) C+ 2.50 Second Class
[50,60) C 2.00 Satisfactory
[45,50) C– 1.75 Unsatisfactory
[40,45) D 1.00 Very Poor Lower Class
[30,40) Fx 0
Fail
< 30 F 0

40
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

*XU – xxx University.


Explanations:
1) A student who passed (i.e. ECTS grades A – E) cannot re-take an examination in order to improve his/her grade.
2) A student who failed with grade ‘FX’ can re-take the examination once in a specially organized re-sit examination. A re-

sit examination has to be offered by the instructor in charge of the course during the semester directly following the
course, if at least one student obtained grade FX. If the student fails the re-sit examination with grade ‘FX’, he/she will be
treated as if the course was failed with grade ‘F’.
3) A student who failed with grade ‘F’ needs to re-take the entire course at the next opportunity it is offered. If, in the

following examination he/she fails again with grade ‘F’ he/she will not be awarded any ECTS credits for that course.
Special cases will be decided upon by the College’s Academic Commission. The College’s Academic Commission can make
exceptions to this rule, taking into consideration individual circumstances and merits of the student. The decision of the
College’s Academic Commission must be unanimous. If a unanimous decision cannot be reached after two consecutive
board meetings in which the case was discussed, the chairperson (Dean of the College) of the commission makes the final
and binding decision.
If the grade of a single course is a product of several parts (e.g. written exam, assignment reports, presentation) that are
evaluated individually (refer to respective course description), the entire course is considered failed if the student fails
any of the individually assessed parts, even if the overall average of all parts would result into a pass mark. In such a case,
only the part of the examination which was failed needs to be repeated according to the rules and procedures for
repeating failed examinations.

For examinations evaluated by an examination committee, the arithmetic mean of the percentage points awarded by each
examination committee member, rounded to the nearest higher number, will be used as the basis of determining the
grade.

Quality Assurance
Quality assurance can be used as an instrument to improve the system continuously, install
accountability and enable compatibility with other higher education systems. The quality of
the program is assessed in terms of the instruction performance and impact of program on
the quality of graduates looking for a job or further studies. The following factors help to
ensure the quality of the education:

 In order to maintain the level of courses, course description are prepared in detail
containing course objectives, learning outcome, course outline, textbooks, references
and laboratory tasks.

 With regard to instruction performance, in line with the University policy, student
evaluations are taken into account. The feedbacks from the students are used to
improve the quality of instruction.

 Examinations are assessed by Departmental Examination Committee to verify the level


of the courses instruction.

 Industry feedback will be an integral part of the process of quality assurance. The
quality of graduates is measured with the feedback obtained from the employers and
stakeholders who are the immediate beneficiaries of the program and also the
41
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

graduates who are able to rate their own confidence in meeting the challenges they
encounter after graduation.

 Alumni contacts will be established to find out feedbacks how successful the education
they had at the Department has actually been helpful and what actions to take for
further improvement on the study program.

42
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Graduation Requirements
Students must take and pass all the required courses to satisfy the requirements for
graduation. The total number of credit points required for graduation with the Degree of
Bachelor of Science in all the four focus areas of Electrical and Computer Engineering is 300
ECTS (158credit hours), including the 30 ECTS mandatory internship (industry placement).
Besides the total credit hour required for graduation student’s
(a) overall cumulative grade point average (CGPA),
(b) CGPA for the core electrical engineering courses, and
(c) CGPA for focus area courses
must each be at least 2.0 for successful completion.

Degree Nomenclature
After successful completion of all the requirements a student graduating from the Electrical
and Computer Engineering department in one of the respective focus areas will be entitled:

 Bachelor of Science Degree in Electrical Engineering (Communications Focus )”


¾dÔe v‹K` Ç=Ó] u›?K?¡ƒ]ŸM UQ”Ée“ (¢T>¿’>Ÿ?i” ዘርፍ)

 “Bachelor of Science Degree in Electrical Engineering (Electrical Power Focus )”


¾dÔe v‹K` Ç=Ó] u›?K?¡ƒ]ŸM UQ”Ée“ (›?K?¡ƒ]ŸM û¨` ዘርፍ)

 “Bachelor of Science Degree in Electrical Engineering (Computer Engineering


Focus)”
¾dÔe v‹K` Ç=Ó] ›?K?¡ƒ]ŸM UQ”Ée“ (¢Uú¿}` ዘርፍ)

 “Bachelor of Science Degree in Electrical Engineering (Industrial Control Focus )”


¾dÔe v‹K` Ç=Ó] u›?K?¡ƒ]ŸM UQ”Ée“ (›=”Æeƒ]ÁM ¢”ƒaM ዘርፍ)

43
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

List of Modules

Module Course Course Module


Module Code Module Title Courses
Number Codes EtCTS EtCTS
Communicative English EnLa1011 5
01 EnLa-M1013 Basic English Skills 10
Basic Writing Skills EnLa1012 5
Civics and Ethical Education CvEt1011 5
Reasoning Skill &
02 CESt-M1023 Introduction to Logic (Reasoning 8
Civics Phil1022 3
Skill)
Introduction to Engineering
GEng1031 2
Basic Engineering Profession
03 GEng-M1033 12
Skills Engineering Drawing MEng1061 5
Introduction to Computing ECEg2033 5
Engineering Engineering Mechanics(Statics) CEng1031 5
04 GEng-M1043 10
Mechanics Engineering Mechanics(Dynamics) MEng1062 5

Applied Applied MathematicsI Math1021 6


05 Math-M1053 12
Mathematics
Applied Mathematics II Math1022 6
06 Econ-M1063 Basic Economics Introduction to Economics Econ1063 4 4
Fundamental of Electrical
ECEg1071 6
Basic Electrical Engineering
07 ECEg-M1071 11
Engineering Electrical Engineering Lab I ECEg1072 3
Electrical Workshop Practice I ECEg2073 2
Engineering
08 MEng-M2083 Engineering Thermodynamics MEng2111 4 4
Thermodynamics
Electromagnetism Applied Modern Physics ECEg2091 5
and Electrical Electromagnetic Fields ECEg2092 5
09 ECEg-M2091 15
Materials
Electrical Materials and Technology ECEg3133 5
Applied Mathematics III Math2023 6
Advanced
Computational Methods ECEg2113 6
10 ECEg-M2101 Engineering 17
Mathematics Probability and Random Process ECEg2114 5
Applied Electronics I ECEg2111 5
Electrical Engineering Lab II ECEg2112 3
11 ECEg-M2111 Applied Electronics 16
Applied Electronics II ECEg2113 5
Electrical Engineering Lab III ECEg2114 3
Signals and Signals and Systems Analysis ECEg2121 6
12 ECEg-M2121 12
Networks Analysis Network Analysis and Synthesis ECEg3122 6

44
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Focus area Modules for Year IV and Year V

Module Course Course Module


Module Number Module Title Courses
Code Codes ECTS ECTS
Introduction to Electrical
ECEg3131 5
Basic Electrical Machines
13 ECEg-M3131 12
Machines Electrical Engineering Lab IV ECEg3132 3
Electrical Workshop Practice II ECEg3133 4
Digital Logic Design ECEg3141 6
Computer Object Oriented Programming ECEg3142 5
14 ECEg-M3141 Architecture and 16
Computer Architectures &
Programming ECEg3143 5
Organization

Digital Signal Processing ECEg3151 6


Intro. to Communication Systems ECEg3152 6
Electrical Intro. to Control Systems ECEg3153 6
15 ECEg-M3151 Systems Introduction to Power systems ECEg3154 6 29
Engineering
Electrical Measurement &
ECEg4155 5
Instrumentation

1. Computer Engineering

Module Module Course Course Module


Module Title Courses
Number Code Codes ECTS ECTS
Microcomputer
16 ECEg-M4161 Microcomputer and Interfacing ECEg4161 6 6
and Interfacing
Data Storage and Data Structures & Algorithm ECEg4171 6
ECEg-M4171 11
17 Analysis Database Systems ECEg4172 5
Programming Operating systems ECEg4181 5
Concepts & Programming Languages ECEg4182 5
ECEg-M4181 15
18 Software
Software Engineering ECEg4183 5
Engineering
Computer Data Communication and
ECEg4191 5
ECEg-M4191 Networks and Computer Networks 10
19
Security Computer Network Security ECEg4192 5
VLSI Design ECEg4201 5
Embedded
Embedded Systems ECEg4202 5
20 ECEg-M4201 Systems and 16
Industrial Automation and
automation ECEg5332 6
Introduction to Robotics

45
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

2. Electrical Power Engineering

Module Module Course Course Module


Module Title Courses
Number Code Codes ECTS ECTS
Modern Modern Control
Control
21 ECEg-M4211 ECEg4321 5 5
Systems Systems
Electrical Machines ECEg4221 6
Electrical Machines
ECEg-M4221 Power Electronics and 12
22 and Drives ECEg4222 6
Electric Drives
Power Systems ECEg4221 6
ECEg-M4231 Power Engineering I Power System 12
23 ECEg4232 6
Protection and Control
Electrical Installation ECEg4241 5
Energy Conversion and
Energy Conversion ECEg4242 6
ECEg-M4241 Rural Electrification 16
24 and distribution
Hydropower
ECEg4243 5
Engineering
Power System Planning
ECEg4251 6
Electrical Power and Operation
25 ECEg-M4251
Engineering I
11
Computer Application
ECEg4242 5
in Power Systems

3. Communication Engineering

Module Course Course Module


Module Code Module Title Courses
Number Codes ECTS ECTS
Microcomputer Microcomputer and
16 ECEg-M4161 ECEg4161 6 6
and Interfacing Interfacing
Microelectronic
Microelectronic Devices and
26 ECEg-M4261 Devices and ECEg4261 5 5
Circuits
Circuits
Communication
27 ECEg-M4271 Communication Systems ECEg4172 5 5
System
Data Communication and
ECEg4291 5
Computer Networks
Telecommunication
ECEg4282 5
Networks
Data and Telecom Wireless and Mobile
ECEg-M4281 ECEg4283 5 22
28 Network Communication
Switching and Intelligent
ECEg5284 2
Networks
Advanced Computer
ECEg4292 5
Networks
ECEg-M4291 EM Waves and EM Waves and Guide ECEg4291 5 10

46
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

29 Antennas Structures
Antennas and Radio Wave
ECEg4292 5
Propagation
Microwave Devices and
Microwave and ECEg4301 5
Systems
30 ECEg-M4301 Optical 10
Optics and Optical
Communication ECEg4302 5
Communication

4. Industrial Control Engineering

Module Module Course Course Module


Module Title Courses
Number Code Codes ECTS ECTS
ECEg- Microcomputer Microcomputer and
16 ECEg4161 6 6
M4161 and Interfacing Interfacing
Electrical Electrical Installation ECEg4241 5
ECEg- Installation andElectrical Machines ECEg4222 6
31 17
M4311 Machine Power Electronics and
ECEg4223 6
Derives Drives
Modern Control systems ECEg4321 5
Digital Control Systems ECEg4322 5
Instrumentation
32 ECEg- Instrumentation
and Control ECEg4323 5 19
M4321 Engineering
Engineering
Neural Networks & Fuzzy
ECEg4324 4
Logic Control
Embedded Systems ECEg4202 5
Industrial Automation and
ECEg- Control ECEg5332 6
33 Introduction to Robotics 16
M4331 Applications
Process Control
ECEg4333 5
Fundamentals

5. Common modules

Module Module Course Course Module


Module Title Courses
Number Code Codes ECTS ECTS
Research Methods and
34 Project and ECEg4341 3
ECEg-M4341 Presentation 7
Presentation
Semester Project ECEg4342 4
35 ECEg-M5351 Internship Industry Internship ECEg5351 30 30
Entrepreneurship IEng5361 4
Entrepreneurship
Industrial Management
36 IEng-M5363 and Managerial 9
and Engineering IEng5362 5
skills
Economy
37 ECEg-M5371 B.Sc. Project B.Sc. Project ECEg5371 12 12

47
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Semester Course Breakdown

First Year, First semester


Hom
Course
Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut. Lab e
Code
Study
Introduction to Engineering
GEng1031 2 1 - - 2
Profession
CvEt1011 Civics and Ethical Education 5 3 1 - 4
EnLa1011 Communicative English 5 2 3 - 3
Math1021 Applied MathematicsI 6 3 3 - 4
CEng1031 Engineering Mechanics-I (Statics) 5 2 3 - 3
MEng1061 Engineering Drawing 5 2 - 3 3
28 13 10 3 19

First Year, second Semester


Hom
Course
Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut. Lab e
Code
Study
Fundamentals of Electrical
ECEg1071 6 3 3 -
Engineering 4
ECEg1072 Electrical Engineering Laboratory I 3 - - 3 2
Phil1022 Logic & Reasoning Skill 3 3 - - 2
EnLa1012 Basic Writing Skills 5 2 3 - 3
Econ1063 Introduction to Economics 4 3 - - 4
Math1022 Applied Mathematics II 6 3 3 - 4
MEng1062 Engineering Mechanics-II(Dynamics) 5 2 3 - 3
32 13 12 3 22

Second Year, First Semester


Hom
Course
Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut. Lab e
Code
Study
ECEg2033 Introduction to Computing 5 2 - 3 3
Math2023 Applied Mathematics III 6 3 3 - 4
ECEg2091 Applied Modern Physics 5 2 3 - 3
MEng2111 Engineering Thermodynamics 4 2 2 - 3
ECEg2111 Applied Electronics I 5 3 3 - 3
ECEg2112 Electrical Engineering Laboratory II 3 - - 3 2
ECEg2073 Electrical Workshop Practice I 2 - - 3 1
Total 30 12 11 9 19

48
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Second Year, Second Semester


Hom
Course
Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut. Lab e
Code
Study
ECEg2113 Computational Methods 6 3 - 3 4
ECEg2114 Probability and Random Process 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg2092 Electromagnetic Fields 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg2121 Signals and System Analysis 6 3 3 - 4
ECEg2113 Applied Electronics II 5 3 3 - 3
ECEg2114 Electrical Engineering Laboratory III 3 - - 3 2
Total 30 14 12 6 19

Third Year, First Semester


Hom
Course
Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut. Lab e
Code
Study
ECEg3142 Object Oriented Programming 5 2 - 3 3
ECEg3133 Electrical Materials and Technology 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg3122 Network Analysis and Synthesis 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg3131 Introduction to Electrical Machines 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg3132 Electrical Engineering Laboratory IV 3 - - 3 2
ECEg3141 Digital Logic Design 6 2 2 3 4
Total 29 11 11 9 18

Third Year, Second Semester


Hom
Course
Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut. Lab e
Code
Study
ECEg3151 Digital Signal Processing 6 2 3 2 3
Introduction to Communication
ECEg3152 6 2 3 2 3
Systems
Computer architecture and
ECEg3143 5 2 3 - 3
Organization
ECEg3153 Introduction to Control Systems 6 2 3 2 3
ECEg3154 Introduction to Power Systems 6 2 3 2 3
ECEg3133 Electrical Workshop Practice II 4 - - 6 1
Total 33 12 15 14 16

49
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Focus Area Semesters


1. Computer Engineering

Fourth Year, First Semester


Course Lec Tut Home
Course Title ECTS Lab
Code . . Study
ECEg4161 Microcomputers and Interfacing 6 2 1 3 4
ECEg4201 VLSI Design 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4171 Data Structures & Algorithm 6 2 2 2 4
ECEg4172 Database Systems 5 2 1 2 4
Data Communication & Computer
ECEg4291 5 2 2 1 3
Networks
Electrical Measurement &
ECEg4155 5 2 3 - 3
Instrumentation
Total 32 12 12 8 21

Fourth Year, Second Semester


Hom
Course
Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut. Lab e
Code
Study
ECEg4341 Research Methods and Presentation 3 2 - - 3
ECEg4182 Programming Languages 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4172 Operating systems 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4192 Computer Network Security 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4183 Software Engineering 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4202 Embedded Systems 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4342 Semester Project 4 - - 5 1
Total 32 12 15 5 19

Fifth Year, First Semester


Hom
Course
Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut. Lab e
Code
Study
ECEg5351 Industry Internship 30 - 20 - 30
Total 30 - 20 - 30

50
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Fifth Year, Second Semester


Hom
Course
Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut. Lab e
Code
Study
Industrial Automation and
ECEg5332 6 3 3 - 3
Introduction to Robotics
Industrial Management and
IEng5361 5 2 3 - 3
Engineering Economy
Advanced
ECEg5201 5 3 - 3 3
Computer Networks
IEng5362 Engineering Entrepreneurship 4 2 2 - 3
ECEg5371 B.Sc. Project 12 - - 18 2
Total 32 10 8 21 14

2. Electrical Power Engineering

Fourth Year, First Semester


Hom
Course
Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut. Lab e
Code
Study
ECEg4321 Modern Control Systems 5 3 - 2 3
ECEg4221 Electrical Machines 6 2 3 2 3
Energy Conversion and Rural
ECEg4242 6 2 3 2 3
Electrification
ECEg4241 Electrical Installation 5 2 3 - 4
ECEg4221 Power Systems 6 2 3 2 3
Electrical Measurement &
ECEg4155 5 2 3 - 3
Instrumentation
Total 33 13 15 8 19

Fourth Year, Second Semester


Hom
Course
Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut. Lab e
Code
Study
ECEg4341 Research Methods and Presentation 3 2 - - 3
Power system Planning and
ECEg4251 5 2 3 - 3
Operation
ECEg4222 Power Electronics And Electric drives 6 2 3 2 3
ECEg4243 Hydropower Engineering 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4232 Power System Protection and Control 6 2 3 2 3
ECEg4342 Semester Project 4 - - 5 1
Total 29 10 12 9 16

51
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Fifth Year, First Semester


Hom
Course
Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut. Lab e
Code
Study
ECEg5351 Industry Internship 30 - 20 - 30
Total 30 - 20 - 30

Fifth Year, Second Semester


Hom
Course
Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut. Lab e
Code
Study
Computer Application in Power
ECEg4242 5 2 1 2 3
Systems
Industrial Management and
IEng5361 5 2 3 - 3
Engineering Economy
IEng5362 Engineering Entrepreneurship 4 2 2 - 4
ECEg5371 B.Sc. Project 12 - - 18 2
Total 26 6 6 20 12

3. Communication Engineering

Fourth Year, First Semester


Hom
Course ECT
Course Title Lec. Tut. Lab e
Code S
Study
ECEg4161 Microcomputer and Interfacing 6 2 1 3 4
ECEg4172 Communication systems 5 3 - 3 3
Data Communication and Computer
ECEg4191 5 2 - 3 3
Networks
ECEg4291 EM waves and Guide Structures 5 3 - 3 3
ECEg4261 Microelectronic Devices and Circuits 5 2 - 3 3
Electrical Measurement &
ECEg4155 5 2 - 3 3
Instrumentation
Total 31 14 1 18 19

Fourth Year, Second Semester


Hom
Course
Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut. Lab e
Code
Study
ECEg4341 Research Methods and Presentation 3 2 - - 3
ECEg4301 Microwave Devices and systems 5 3 - 3 3
ECEg4302 Optics and Optical Communication 5 3 - 3 3
ECEg4292 Antennas and Radio Wave
5 3 - 3 3
Propagation

52
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

ECEg4282 Telecommunication Networks 5 2 3 - 3


ECEg4283 Wireless and Mobile Communication 5 3 - 3 3
ECEg4342 Semester Project 4 - - 5 1
Total 32 16 3 17 19

Fifth Year, First Semester


Hom
Course
Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut. Lab e
Code
Study
ECEg5351 Industry Internship 30 - 20 - 30
Total 30 - 20 - 30

Fifth Year, Second Semester


Course Home
Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut. Lab
Code Study
ECEg5284 Switching and Intelligent Networks 2 2 - - 2
Industrial Management and
IEng5361 5 2 3 - 3
Engineering Economy

IEng5362 Engineering Entrepreneurship 4 2 2 - 3


ECEg5201 Advanced Computer Networks 5 3 - 3 3
ECEg5371 B.Sc. Project 12 - - 18 2
Total 28 9 5 21 13

4. Industrial Control Engineering

Fourth Year, First Semester


Hom
Course
Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut. Lab e
Code
Study
ECEg4321 Modern Control Systems 5 3 - 2 3
ECEg4221 Electrical Machines 6 2 3 2 3
ECEg4333 Process Control Fundamentals 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4241 Electrical Installation 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4161 Microcomputer and Interfacing 6 2 1 3 4
Electrical Measurement &
ECEg4155 5 2 3 - 3
Instrumentation
Total 32 13 13 7 19

53
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Fourth Year, second Semester


Hom
Course
Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut. Lab e
Code
Study
ECEg4341 Research Methods and Presentation 3 2 - - 3
ECEg4323 Instrumentation Engineering 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4322 Digital Control Systems 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4312 Power Electronics and Electrical
6 2 3 2 3
Drives
ECEg4202 Embedded Systems 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4342 Semester Project 4 - - 5 1
ECEg4324 Neural Networks & Fuzzy Logic
4 2 2 - 3
Control
Total 32 12 14 7 19

Fifth Year, First Semester


Hom
Course
Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut. Lab e
Code
Study
ECEg5351 Industry Internship 30 - 20 - 30
Total 30 - 20 - 30

Fifth Year, second Semester


Hom
Course
Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut. Lab e
Code
Study
Industrial Automation and
ECEg5332 6 2 3 - 4
Introduction to Robotics
Industrial Management and
IEng5361 5 2 3 - 3
Engineering Economy
IEng5362 Engineering Entrepreneurship 4 2 2 - 3
ECEg5371 B.Sc. Project 12 - - 18 2
Total 27 6 8 18 12

54
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Module Description

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 01
Module Name Basic English Skills
Module code EnLa-M1013
Module Category General
Mode of delivery Semester Based
The module focuses on enhancing students’ language competencies. The
first course comprehensively presents students with the opportunity to
develop their language skills (Listening, Speaking, Reading, Writing,
Vocabulary and Grammar). The course focuses on the development of
communication skills of the students both in academic and non-academic
contexts. As a result, it has a big contribution to the success of students in
Module Description
their other university courses. The second course entirely focuses on
developing the students’ writing skill in both academic and non-academic
contexts. Both courses must be given on semester basis as the development
of the skills that the courses provide is enhanced with the extension of the
period at least to the extent that the students can associate the courses with
other courses.
Students shall develop understand and use different skills and strategies to
read, understand the meaning of what is read and reading different materials
for a variety of purposes. Write clearly and effectively and understand and
Module Objectives use the steps of the writing process, analyze and evaluate the effectiveness
of written work, analyze and evaluate the effectiveness of formal and
informal communication, communicate ideas clearly and effectively. The
develop oral presentation and public speech skills and Report writing skills

55
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

By the end of the module, students will be able to:


 Involve in various communicative contexts
 Read and comprehend texts with ease

Module Competency  Differentiate and use oral and written discourses


 Listen and comprehend to conversations in English

 Write different units of writing both in academic and non-academic


contexts
Total ECTS 10
Module Learning and
teaching Methods
Module Assessment
Techniques
Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name ECTS
EnLa1011 Communicative English 5
EnLa1012 Basic Writing Skills 5

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 02
Module Name Reasoning Skill & Civics
Module code CESt-M1023
Module Category General
Mode of delivery Semester Based

56
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

This thematic module contains two thematically clustered courses; i.e.


Introduction to Civics and Ethical Studies; and Introduction to Logic. It’s
now become clear that Citizenship and Ethical Studies has become not only
a field of specialization in itself but has also been attracting leaders who
envision instilling democracy on an unshakable ground within their own
society. At minimum, there will be the right to be domiciled in and take part
in the political mechanisms of the state, usually through voting. In most
modern democracies, citizenship also ensures the protection of other human
rights and civil liberties, hence, not all of which may be available to people
who have the right of abode in the country. In light of this, the thematic
Module Description module first deals the course Civics and Ethical Studies in order to enable
students to be equipped with foundations of Citizenship studies such as
political citizenship of rights and obligations, economic citizenship in light
of variations and the threat of globalization, and social citizenship as
grounds of social change, and evaluate these in the contemporary Ethiopia.
In addition to this, the module is designed to develop the reasoning capacity
of the learners. Finally, the module will discuss about the principles and
methods of correct reasoning. It also deals as to how reasoning skills is
related to and used in, our day-to-day practical life discourses and
developing self-awareness and self-image by way of enlarging the areas
possibilities in their professional, individual and social live.
This module introduces the fundamental concepts of logic and logical
reasoning helps to develop the skills required to construct arguments. In
addition the students develop the ability to critically evaluate and
Module Objectives cultivate the habits of critical thinking, understanding the essence and
origins of the state and Government, grasp the concept of citizens and
citizenship, understand the ideas of Morality, Ethics and Civic virtues

Developing the habits of critical thinking and approaching different social,


political and economic systems based on rational justifications. In addition
Module Competency to this, courses that are included in this module will help learners to
develop the ability of effective communication and dialogue based on
mutual understanding.
Total ECTS 8
Module Learning and
teaching Methods
Self-Study, Reading Assignment and Reflections, Group and Individual
Module Assessment
Assignment and Presentation, Discovery and Investigative assessments,
Techniques Quizzes and Final Exam
Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name ECTS
CESt1023 Introduction to Logic (Reasoning Skill) 3
CESt1011 Civics and Ethical Education 5

57
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 03
Module Name Basic Engineering Skills
Module code ECEg-M1033
Module Category General
Mode of delivery Semester Based /parallel based
This module contains: Interrelations and distinction among engineering, science
and technology; qualifications and duties & responsibilities of technicians,
technologists and engineers (carrier structures and levels);engineering
Module
professional ethics and moral issues, basic engineering drawing skills;
Description
components of computers, common terminologies used in programming; steps,
tools and technical approaches involved in program design and techniques of
program design to develop programs that solve real life problems.
At the end of this module, students will be able to:
 Get familiarized with basics of engineering
 Introduce with various disciplines in the area.
Module Objectives  Understand ethics of engineering
 Identify the components of computers
 Know how to use computer programming and program design to solve
various computational problems.
At the end of the module students will able to:
 Differentiate interrelations and distinction among different engineering disciplines.
Module  Solve real life problem using programming languages.
competency
 read 1D,2D and 3D of technical objects
 draw 1D,2D and 3D of technical objects
Total ECTS 12
Module Learning
Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory Activities, term Papers, Project work, Presentation,
and teaching
Assignment.
Methods
Module
Assessment Assignments, Quizzes, Lab Reports and Exams.
Techniques
Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name ECTS
2
Geng1031 Introduction to Engineering Profession

Meng1061 Engineering Drawing 5


ECEg1033 Introduction to Computing 5

58
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 04
Module Name Engineering Mechanics
Module code GEng-M1043
Module Category General
Mode of delivery Semester Based
Module Description
Module Objectives
Module Competency
Total ECTS 10
Module Learning and
teaching Methods
Module Assessment
Techniques
Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name ECTS
CEng1041 Engineering Mechanics(Statics) 5
Meng1042 Engineering Mechanics(Dynamics) 5

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 05
Module Name Applied Mathematics
Module code Math-M1053
Module Category General
Mode of delivery Semester Based
Module Description
Module Objectives
Module Competency
Total ECTS 12
Module Learning and
teaching Methods
Module Assessment
Techniques
Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name ECTS

59
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Math1021 Applied Mathematics I 5


Math1022 Applied Mathematics II 5

60
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 06
Module Name Basic Economics
Module code Econ-M1063
Module Category General
Mode of delivery Semester Based
Module Description
Module Objectives
Module Competency
Total ECTS 4
Module Learning and
teaching Methods
Module Assessment
Techniques
Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name ECTS
Econ-1063 Introduction to Economics 4

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 07
Module Name Basic Electrical Engineering
Module code ECEg-M1071
Module Category Core Electrical Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester Based /parallel based

61
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

This module contains: basic electromagnetic phenomena ,circuit


variables and parameters, fundamental and derived circuit laws and
theorems to the analysis of dc and steady state poly-phase circuits,
Module Description
electrical instruments for practical measurements, measurement of
dynamic circuit parameters and Simple wiring and designing of lighting
systems.

At the end of the module students will able to:


 Understand basic electrical engineering concepts and practices
 Get familiarized with different lab equipment
Module Objectives  Wire and design simple electrical lighting systems
 Measure electrical quantities using instruments
 Understand and apply safety rules
At the end of the module students will able to:
 apply the fundamental and derived circuit laws and theorems to the
Module Competency analysis and design of simple dc and poly -phase circuits
 wire and design simple electrical lighting systems
 use electrical instruments for practical measurements
Total ECTS 11
Module Learning and Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory Activities, term Papers, Project work,
teaching Methods Presentation ,Assignment and Home study etc.
Module Assessment
Assignments, Quizzes, Lab Reports and Exams.
Techniques
Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name ECTS
ECEg1071 Fundamental of Electrical Engineering 6
ECEg1072 Electrical Engineering lab I 3
ECEg1073 Electrical workshop practice I 2

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 08
Module Name Engineering Thermodynamics
Module code MEng-M2083
Module Category General
Mode of delivery Semester Based
Module Description
Module Objectives
Module Competency

62
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Total ECTS 4
Module Learning and
teaching Methods
Module Assessment
Techniques
Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name ECTS
MEng-2083 Engineering Thermodynamics 4

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 09
Module Name Electromagnetism and Electrical Materials
Module code ECEg-M2091
Module Category Core Electrical Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester Based /parallel based

63
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

This module contains: modern sciences dealing with the special theory
of relativity and quantum mechanics, electrical effects of static charge
distributions in vacuum and material body, laws governing
electrostatic to different charge distributions, effects of charges moving
with uniform velocity, summary of electromagnetism through
Maxwell’s equations, review fundamentals of atomic theory,
Module Description
elementary quantum mechanics, the role of electrons in determining
the macroscopic electrical behavior of engineering materials; Physical
properties of conductors, superconductors, semiconductor, dielectric
and magnetic materials and Application and manufacturing processes
of electrical and electronic materials.

This module equips the students with strong knowledge in


 modern physics theories
 solving electromagnetic field equations
Module Objectives
 differentiating material characteristics
 selecting materials for manufacturing electrical and electronics
devices.
At the end of the module students will able to:
 Differentiate physical properties of Electrical materials.
 Develop quantitative description of physical prosperities of Electrical
Module Competency Materials
 Apply the laws governing electromagnetism to different Electrical
applications.
 Understand manufacturing processes of electrical and electronic materials.

Total ECTS 15
Module Learning and Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory Activities, term Papers, Project work,
teaching Methods Presentation ,Assignment and Home study etc.
Module Assessment
Assignments, Quizzes, Lab Reports and Exams.
Techniques
Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name ECTS
ECEg2091 Applied Modern Physics 5
ECEg2092 Electromagnetic Fields 5
ECEg2093 Electrical Materials and Technology 5

64
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 10
Module Name Advanced Engineering Mathematics
Module Code ECEg-M2101
Module Category Core Electrical Engineering
Mode of Delivery Semester Based
Students will learn and understand advanced mathematics
techniques and be able to plan, analyze, and write
Module Description
computer programs for numerical methods and basic
engineering applications.


Used to develop a solid understanding of the advanced
mathematical methods which are very useful for
research and engineering problem solving.
 To explain mathematics as a special way of cognizing
the world, knowledge of the basic concepts and
methods of the theory of probability and mathematical
Module Objectives
stochastic and master sufficiently the mathematical
apparatus and applying it for solving concrete physical
problems.
 To understand advanced mathematics techniques and
be able to plan, analyze, and write computer programs
for numerical methods and basic engineering
applications.
After the completion of this module, the student will be

Module Competency able to understand, model, process and compute real world
Electrical Engineering problems.
Module Learning Teaching
Lecture supported by tutorials, laboratory and paperwork
Methods
Module Assessment
Exam, quizzes, assignments, paperwork and lab reports
Methods
Total ECTS of the Module 17
Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name ECTS

65
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Applied Engineering
Math2101 6
Mathematic III
ECEg2102 Computational Methods 6
Probability and Random
ECEg2103 5
Process

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 11
Module Name Applied Electronics
Module code ECEg-M2111
Module Category Core Electrical Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester Based /parallel based
This module contains: basic concepts of electronic circuits, sample
applications and design guidelines of electronic circuits, advanced
electronic circuits and their application, simulation of electronic
Module Description
circuits using application packages, basic digital system components
and their design.

This module enables students to


 understand concepts of electronics devices,
Module Objectives  get familiarized with characteristics and applications of
electronic circuits.
 Use techniques of circuit design to develop electronic systems
At the end of the module students will able to:
Module Competency  Design and maintain Analogue Electronics Circuits and
 understand digital components
Total ECTS 16
Module Learning and Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory Activities, Project work, Presentation
teaching Methods ,Assignment
Module Assessment
Techniques
Assignments, Quizzes, Lab Reports and Exams

Courses of the Module


Course Number Course Name ECTS
ECEg2111 Applied Electronics I 5
ECEg2112 Electrical Engineering Lab II 66 3
ECEg2113 Applied Electronics II 5
ECEg2114 Electrical Engineering Lab III 3
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 12

Module Name Signals and Network Analysis

Module Code ECEg-M2121

Module Category Core Electrical Engineering

Mode of Delivery Semester Based


 Enable students to understand and apply the representation,
classification, characterization and analysis of signals and systems in
time and frequency domains.
Module Description
 Understand and apply the techniques of modelling, analysis, design
and synthesis of N- port passive and active electric networks and
filters in a classical and a modern approach

 Enable students to understand and apply the representation,


classification, characterization and analysis of signals and systems in
time and frequency domains.
 Used to introduce and develop the concept of discrete-time signal
Module Objectives processing for signal analysis and design of passive and active electric
networks and filters.
 Understand and apply the techniques of modelling, analysis, design and
synthesis of N- port passive and active electric networks and filters in a
classical and modern approach.
After the completion of this module, the student will be able to solve and
Module Competency
process continuous and discrete time signals, systems and networks.
Module Learning
Lecture supported by tutorial and paperwork
Teaching Methods
Module Assessment
Exams, quizzes, assignments, paperwork
Methods
Total ECTS of the 11

67
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Module
Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name ECTS
Signals and Systems
ECEg2121 6
Analysis
Network Analysis and
ECEg3122 5
Synthesis

XXXX University

XXXX Institute of Technology

Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering

Module Number 13
Module Name Basic Electrical Machines
Module Code ECEg-M3131
Module Category Core Electrical Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester-Based
Operating principles and design concepts of various types of electrical machines
Module
Description are studied.
The module will help the students to:
- Understand basic concepts of electromagnetic circuits and principles of operation &
construction of transformer, induction machines, D.C. machines, and synchronous
machines.
Module Objectives - Obtain the performance such as voltage regulation, speed regulation, and
efficiency of ac and dc machines using the appropriate equivalent circuits.
- Perform experiments to determine electrical parameters of transformers,
dc and ac machines, and conduct simple transformers and motors windings.
- Design and maintain transformers and electrical machines;
Module - analyze operating and regulation characteristics of basic electrical machines;
Competencies
- Perform basic workshop processes.

68
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Total ECTS 12
Module Teaching
and Learning Lectures supported by tutorials and Laboratory exercises.
Methodology
Module
Assessments Quizzes, Tests, Assignments, Projects, Lab reports, and Final Examination
Techniques
Courses of the Module

Course Number Course Name ECTS

ECEg3131 Introduction to Electrical Machines 5

ECEg3132 Electrical Engineering Lab IV 3

ECEg3133 Electrical Workshop Practice II 4

69
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 14
Module Code ECEg-M3141
Module Name Computer Architecture and Programming
Module CategoryCore Electrical Engineering
Mode of delivery
Semester Based
This module contains basic courses in hardware and software
perspectives of a computer system. The module focuses on introducing
Module Description modern computer systems by drilling deep down into digital systems
and will help to gain knowledge in developing applications using object
oriented programming technique.
 to enable students understand the computer hardware principles
 to acquaint students with knowledge and realization of the various logic
gates
 to enable students design Combinational and Sequential Systems
Module Objectives  to make students understand architecture and organization of a computer
system and its components
 to enable students design and simulate a basic computer system
 to enable students design object oriented application and system programs
At the completion of this module, students will be able to
 Design, develop and test digital system
Module Competency  Develop applications running on top of the developed systems.
 Understand the various types of computer architectures and
design another as necessary.
Total ECTS 16
Module Learning and
Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory Activities, term Papers,
teaching Methods
Module Assessment
Assignments, Quizzes, Lab Reports and Exams
Techniques
Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name ECTS
ECEg3141 Digital Logic Design 6
ECEg3142 Object Oriented Programming 5
ECEg3143 Computer Architectures and Organization 5

70
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 15
Module Name Electrical Systems Engineering
Module Code ECEg - M3151

Module Category Core Electrical Engineering

Mode of Delivery Semester Based


Students will be able to
 Understand, analyze, and design the basic electrical system design
Module Description such as: analogue communication systems, analogue control systems,
digital signal processing systems, instrumentation systems, power
generation and transmission systems.

This module enables student to:


 Understand the basics of digital signal processing and its applications
 Understand the basics of analogue communication systems (AM, FM, PM)
and PCM.

Module Objectives  Develop basic skills of utilizing mathematical tools needed to analyze and
design classical linear dynamic control systems.
 Review electrical energy generation from conventional and non-
conventional energy sources.
 Understand basic electrical engineering measurement and
instrumentation systems

Module
After the completion of this module, the student will be able to model,
Competency
analyze, and design basic electrical engineering system.
Module Learning
Lecture supported by tutorial, laboratories and paperwork.
Teaching Methods

71
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Module Assessment
Exam, quizzes, assignments, paperwork and lab reports
Methods
Total ECTS of the
29 Credit Point
Module
Courses of the Module

Course Number Course Name ECTS

ECEg3151 Digital Signal Processing 6

ECEg3152 Introduction to Communication Systems 6

ECEg3153 Introduction to Control Engineering 6

ECEg3154 Introduction to Power systems 6

ECEg4155 Electrical Measurement and Instrumentation 5

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering

Module Number 16
Module Code ECEg-M4161
Module Name Microcomputer and Interfacing
Module CategoryComputer Engineering
Mode of delivery
Semester Based
This module is designed to impart in-depth knowledge in the design,
programming and organization of microcomputers and interfacing
circuits. This involves the study of interfacing peripheral chips
Module Description
(Programming and Signals). This course completely covers the popular
Intel μP 8086, which would be a stepping-stone for learning the X86
families of microprocessors.
This module is intended to enable students
 understand microcomputer architectures
 design microcomputer based applications
Module Objectives
 program various microcomputers
 interface microcomputers to PCs and various peripheral devices
 understand various assembly languages

72
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

At the end of this module students will be capable of:


 Developing applications using Assembly/C/C++ Language Programming
and to design simple or complex systems using the Intel family of
Module Competency microprocessors.
 Writing efficient programs for data transfer between heterogeneous
environments.
 Developing software for interfacing various peripherals to PC.
Total ECTS 6
Module Learning and
Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory Activities, term Papers
teaching Methods
Module Assessment
Assignments, Quizzes, Lab Reports and Exams
Techniques
Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name ECTS
ECEg4161 Microcomputer and Interfacing 6

73
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 17
Module Code ECEg-M4171
Module Name Data Storage and Analysis
Module Category Computer Engineering
Mode of deliverySemester Based
This module gives the students a profound ground for the analysis,
design and implementation of database systems, it also enables
Module Description
students to learn various types of data structures and design and
analyse existing algorithms for performances.
This module is intended to enable students to:
 comprehend the concept of database systems and modelling techniques
 gain a profound ground for the analysis, design and implementation of
database systems and algorithms
 acquire knowledge of advanced database types and issues related to
Module Objectives storage and security
 Understand the fundamental data structures like arrays, queues, stacks,
linked lists, trees, etc.
 Comprehend algorithm analysis methods
 Apply guidelines for the design of efficient algorithms
 use specialized data structures in problem solving
At the end of this module students will be capable of:
 developing various types of databases for applications
 getting a profound ground for analysis and design and implementation of
Module Competency database systems
 getting knowledge of securing databases
 designing different types of data structures
 performing analysis and designing efficient algorithms
Total ECTS 11
Module Learning and Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory Activities, term Papers
teaching Methods
Module Assessment Assignments, Quizzes, Lab Reports and Exams
Techniques
Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name ECTS
ECEg4171 Database Systems 5
ECEg4172 Data Structures and Algorithm 6

74
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 18
Module Code ECEg-M4181
Module Name Programming Concepts and Software Engineering
Module CategoryComputer Engineering
Mode of delivery
Semester Based
This module covers techniques, methods and tools that are created to
support the development of large software systems based on sound
engineering-principles.
The module also handles issues in operating system design and
Module Description operation.
It also provides students with a working knowledge of the basic
constructs of all computer programming languages, and how these
constructs are used to support programming under various
programming paradigms
This module is intended to enable students to
 understand basic principles and components of an Operating System
 Apply the fundamental principles of Software Engineering.
 Apply a range of software engineering techniques to develop large
Module Objectives software systems
 Have a working knowledge of the basic constructs of all computer
programming languages,
 Understand how constructs are used to support programming under
various programming paradigms.
At the end of this module students will be capable of:
 understanding software development procedures and concepts to
Module Competency designing various application software
 designing programming languages
 understanding principles operating system operation and design
Total ECTS 15
Module Learning and
Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory Activities, term Papers
teaching Methods
Module Assessment
Assignments, Quizzes, Lab Reports and Exams
Techniques
Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name ECTS
ECEg4181 Operating systems 5
ECEg4182 Programming Languages 5
ECEg4183 Software Engineering 5

75
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 19
Module Code ECEg-M4191
Module Name Computer Networks and Security
Module CategoryComputer Engineering
Mode of delivery
Semester Based
This module introduces students to networking concepts, technologies
and terminologies also provide basic computer communication and
Module Description
networking. It further links the concepts to security issues and
acquaints students with basics of data communication security.
This course is intended to enable students to
 Understand networking concepts, technologies and terminologies.
 Get basics ofdata communication and networking knowledge
Module Objectives
 understand the various data communication protocols and security
employed in each
 know how to implement networking security
At the end of this module students will be capable of:
 understanding how real world data communication applications
are implemented
Module Competency  designing different networking schemes
 designing and implementing different security schemes

Total ECTS 10
Module Learning and
Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory Activities, term Papers
teaching Methods
Module Assessment
Assignments, Quizzes, Lab Reports and Exams
Techniques
Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name ECTS
ECEg4191 Computer Network Security 5
ECEg4192 Data Communication and Computer Networks 5

76
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 20
Module Code ECEg-M4201
Module Name Embedded Systems and Automation
Module Category Computer Engineering
Mode of deliverySemester Based
This module is used to introduce the basics of embedded system design,
Module Description system automation and help students to come up with computer system
based solutions.
This module is intended to enable students to
 understand basic system automation
Module Objectives
 design standalone embedded systems
 Understand the elements of an industrial robot mechanism.
At the end of this module students will be capable of:
 understanding basics of system-control mechanisms
Module Competency
 designing embedded systems for different applications
 designing integrated circuits for various logic functions
Total ECTS 16
Module Learning and
Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory Activities, term Papers, etc
teaching Methods
Module Assessment
Assignments, Quizzes, Lab Reports and Exams
Techniques
Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name ECTS
ECEg4201 VLSI Design 5
ECEg4202 Embedded Systems 5
ECEg4203 Introduction to Robotics and Industrial Automation 6

77
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

XXXX University

XXXX Institute of Technology

Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering

Module Number 21
Module Name Modern Control Systems
Module Code ECEg-M4211
Module Electrical Power Engineering
Category
Mode of Semester based
delivery

This module is aimed to build a comprehensive foundation in the analysis and


design of control systems using classical and modern techniques. The module
Module
Description covers: Mathematical modeling of control systems, Coordinate transformation and
solution to state equations, Stability, Controllability, Observability of control
systems, Control systems design in state space, Introduction to non-linear control
systems, introduction to optimum control. Continuous and discrete systems.
Upon completion of this module, students will be able to:

Module - describe modern control system with analysis techniques, controllability and
Objectives Observability
- analyze analogue and digital feedback control systems
- Analyze and develop State space representation of control systems
Module
Competencies - Design and synthesize controllers in state space
Module
Teaching and Lectures ,tutorials, laboratory exercises
Learning
Methodology
Module
Assessments Quizzes, Tests, Assignments, Projects, and Final Examination
Techniques
Total ECTS 5
Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name ECTS
ECEg4321 Modern Control Systems 5
78
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

XXXX University

XXXX Institute of Technology

Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering

Module
22
Number
Module Name Machines and Drives
Module Code ECEg-M4221
Module
Focus Area-Electrical Power Engineering
Category
Mode of
Semester-Based
delivery
In this module the basic essential features of electric machinery and electric drives will
be discussed; this material forms the basis for understanding the behaviour of electric
Module
Description machinery of all types: Electromechanical energy conversion devices; construction and
operation of transformers; DC and AC machines. It also deals with operating principles
and characteristics of electric drives.
Upon completion of this module, students will be able to:
- Understand operation and design aspects of transformers and machines.
Module
Objectives - Gain knowledge of elements and operating characteristics, and operation principles
of electric drives
- Select drive elements and develop drive system for common industrial driven units
- Describe construction, characteristics, operation, and proper application of ac machines
Module
Competencies - Students will be capable of designing new and efficient drives for industrial motors

Total ECTS 12
Module
Teaching and Lectures, tutorials, lab demonstration seminar/ project.
Learning
Methodology
Module
Assessments Quizzes, Assignments, Tests, Seminar/project presentation, Lab Reports, and final examination
Techniques
Courses of the Module
Course Course Name ECTS

79
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Number
ECEg4221 Electrical Machines 6
ECEg4222 Power Electronics and Electric Derives 6

80
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering

Module Number 23
Module Name Electrical Power Engineering I
Module Code ECEg-M4231
Module Category Focus Area- Electrical Power Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester-based
Module ‘Power Engineering I’ deals with the basic principles and comprehensive
treatment of modeling and analysis power systems under normal and faulty
conditions; transients and stability analysis of power systems. It also discusses

Module description protection, operation, control and reliability analysis of power systems as well as
the basic concepts, operating principles and design of protective devices and
protection systems. It also deals with automatic generation & voltage control and
reliability analysis of interconnected power systems.
On completion of the courses of this module the students will be able to:
- analyze faults, transients, load flow, and stability in power systems
Module Objectives - get familiarize with operating principles and design considerations of protective
devices
- understand and gain knowledge of automatic generation & voltage control
- Analyze operation of power systems under normal and faulty conditions
Module
Competencies - Design and develop protection and control systems of electrical power systems.

Total ECTS 11
Module Learning and Lecture, tutorial, and laboratory exercises
Teaching Methods
Assessment Assignments, quizzes, tests, lab reports, and exams.
Techniques Module
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
ECEg4231 Power Systems 5
ECEg4232 Power System Protection and Control 6

81
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 24
Module Name Energy Conversion and Distribution
Module Code ECEg-M4241
Module Category Electrical Power Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester Based
Module Description The module deals with the design and art of electrical installation
system, different methods and designs of energy conversion systems
and rural electrification. It also includes the basic concepts of planning
and design of hydro -electric power plants.
Module Objectives The module will help the students to:
- acquire the science and art of illumination of buildings obeying
electrical regulations and standards.
- analyse technologies of conventional and renewable energy
resources.
- gain knowledge of planning, designing and develop small scale and large
scale electrical power systems.
Module Competency Module ‘Energy Conversion and Distribution’ enables students to
- design electrical installation system
- design optimum conventional and non-conventional power plants
Total ECTS 15
Module Learning and Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory Activities, project works, etc
teaching Methods
Module Assessment Assignments, Quizzes, Lab Reports and Exams
Techniques
Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name ECTS
ECEg4241 Electrical Installation 5
ECEg4242 Energy Conversion and Rural Electrification 5
ECEg4243 Hydropower Engineering 5

82
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 25
Module Name Electrical Power Engineering II
Module Code ECEg-M4251
Module Category Focus Area- Electrical Power Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester Based/Parallel
Module Description This module contains two basic courses on electrical power systems. It
provides the basics of Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) and
deals with computer aided protection of power systems. It also covers load
forecasting techniques and basic design concepts of generating stations,
switchyard, and transmission lines and HVDC transmission. The module also
deals with operation of power systems and it also covers power pool issues and
cost analysis of generation systems.
Module Objective - To understand and gain insight into on-line and real-time applications of
computers in power systems
- To apply load forecasting techniques, basics design concepts of
generating stations, switchyards, and transmission lines; optimal
operation of power systems.
Module Competency The graduate of this module will be able to:
 Plan and design generating stations, switchyards, and transmission lines and
comprehend fundamentals of HVDC transmission systems.
 Analyze on-line and real-time applications of power systems using computer.
Total ECTS 10
Module Learning and Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory Activities, Term Papers
teaching Methods
Module Assessment Individual Assignments, Quizzes and tests, Projects, Lab reports and Written
Techniques
Exam(s)
Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name ECTS

83
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

ECEg4251 Power System Planning & Operation 5

ECEg5252 Computer Application to Power Systems 5

84
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 26

Module Name Microelectronics Devices and Systems

Module Code ECEg-M4261

Module Category Communication Engineering

Mode of Delivery Semester Based

This module consists of modeling, design, simulation and testing of


Module Description microelectronics devices and circuits for different applications


To understand the basic concepts and realization of microelectronic
Module Objectives devices and circuits;
 To understand and design microelectronic systems;
 To be able to effectively model and design microelectronic networks.
After completion of this module students will be able to design and test
Module Competency
microelectronic systems for communication applications
Module Learning
Lecture supported by tutorial and paperwork
Teaching Methods
Module Assessment
Exams, quizzes, assignments, paperwork and laboratory
Methods
Total ECTS of the
5
Module
Courses of the Module

Course Number Course Name ECTS

Microelectronics Devices 5
ECEg4261
and Circuits

85
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 27
Module Name Communication Systems
Module Code ECEg-M4271
Module Category Focus Area-Electronic Communication Engineering
Mode of Delivery Semester Based

This module consists of principle of digital communication


systems, information theory and coding, digital modulation
Module Description
techniques, noise in digital modulation, spread spectrum
communication, MIMO and OFDM systems

This module helps student to


 understand the basic principle of digital
communication systems
Module Objectives  understand information theory and coding
 comprehend digital modulation techniques and their
noise mitigation capabilities
 simulate spread spectrum communication systems
 realize MIMO and OFDM communication Systems

After the completion of this module, students will be able


Module Competency
to understand, model, and design digital communication
system.
Module Learning Teaching
Lecture supported by tutorial, laboratories and
Methods paperwork
Module Assessment
Exam, quizzes, assignments, paperwork and lab reports
Methods
Total ECTS of the Module 6
Courses of the Module

86
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Course Number Course Name ECTS


ECEg4171 Communication Systems 6

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 28
Module Name Data and Telecommunication Networks
Module Code ECEg-M4281
Module Category Focus Area in Communication Engineering
Mode of Delivery Semester Based
Students will learn and understand basic principle of data
Module Description and telecom networks, wireless networks, and switching
systems.

This module helps student:


 To understand the basic principle of data and
telecommunication networks.
Module Objectives
 To understand wireless and mobile communication
systems
 To understand telecom switching networks and
system
Module Competency
After the completion of this module, the student will be
able to understand, model, and design telecommunication
network and systems.
Module Learning Teaching Lecture supported by tutorial, laboratories and
Methods paperwork
Module Assessment Exam, quizzes, assignments, paperwork and lab reports
Methods

87
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Total ECTS of the Module 20


Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name ECTS
Data Communication and
ECEg4191 5
Computer Networks

ECEg4282 Telecommunication
5
Networks
Wireless and Mobile
ECEg4283 5
Communication
ECEg4284 Switching and Intelligent
5
Networks

88
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 29
Module Name EM Waves and Antennas
Module Code ECEg-M4291
Module Category Focus Area in Communication Engineering
Mode of Delivery Semester Based
Students will learn and understand the transmission of
EMW through different medias ( conductors,
Module Description
nonconductor, transmission lines, wave guides and
antennas)

This module enables students :


 To understand the basic principle of Maxwell
equations, the characteristics of EMWs in conductors,
Module Objectives
transmission lines, waveguides and antennas.
 To understand different types of antennas and its
applications
 To understand the radio wave propagation principles
Module Competency
After the completion of this module, students will be able
to understand, analyze, and design medias that will used to
assist the transmission of EMWs
Module Learning Teaching Lecture supported by tutorial, laboratories and
paperwork
Methods
Module Assessment Exam, quizzes, assignments, paperwork and lab reports
Methods
Total ECTS of the Module 10
Courses of the Module

89
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Course Number Course Name ECTS


EM Waves and Guide
ECEg4291 5
Structures
Antennas and Radio Wave
ECEg4292 5
Propagation

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 30
Module Name Microwave and Optical Communication
Module Code ECEg-M4301
Module Category Focus Area in Communication Engineering
Mode of Delivery Semester Based
Students will learn and understand the basic principle of
Module Description microwave circuits and systems, fiber optic communication
systems

This module will enables students :


 To understand the basic principle Microwave circuits and
systems.
 To understand and design microwave amplifiers and
Module Objectives
repeaters.
 To understand and design microwave networks and
links.
 To understand light wave transmission and optical media
 To understand fiber optic networks and links

90
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

After the completion of this module, students will be able to

Module Competency model, analyze, and design microwave circuits and systems,
microwave links and networks, optical media, links and
networks.
Module Learning Teaching
Lecture supported by tutorial, laboratories and paperwork.
Methods
Module Assessment
Exam, quizzes, assignments, paperwork and lab reports
Methods
Total ECTS of the Module 10
Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name ECTS
ECEg4301 Microwave Devices and Systems 5
ECEg4302 Optics and Optical Communication 5

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 31
Module Code ECEg-M4311
Module Name Electric Machines and Drives
Module Category Focus area in Industrial Control Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester Based
This module deals with the basic principles of electromechanical energy
conversion devices, construction and operation of transformers, DC and
Module Description
AC machines. It also deals with operating principles and operating
characteristics of electric drives, industrial driven units.

91
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

At the end of the courses of this module the graduate students will:
- Practice the science and art of internal and external illumination of buildings.
- Apply electrical regulations and standards for consumer premises wiring
design, drawing and construction.
- Comprehend operation and design aspects of transformers.
- Gain knowledge and understand D.C. armature winding & A.C. windings.
- Understand dynamic equations and control aspect of D.C machines.
- Gain knowledge and comprehend salient pole synchronous machine features,
reference frame transformation, d-q axis theory, power/load angle
Module Objectives relationship and carry out transient analysis.
- Understand the principle of operation and construction of fractional
horsepower motors.
- Gain knowledge of elements and operating characteristics, and operation
principles of electric drives
- Be able to select drive elements and develop drive system for common
industrial driven units
- Gain insight into technologies of conventional and non-conventional power
plants, renewable energy resources and technologies.
This module enables students to:-
 Design Electrical installations.
Module Competency
 Carry out performance analysis of DC and AC machines.
 Develop drive systems for common industrial driven units.
Total ECTS 17
Module Learning and Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory activity, Term paper, Projects, etc
teaching Methods
Module Assessment Assignments, Quizzes, projects, Lab Reports and Exams
Techniques
Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name ECTS
ECEg4241 Electrical Installation 5
ECEg4222 Electrical Machines 6
ECEg4223 Power Electronics and Drives 6

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 32
Module Code ECEg-M4321
Module Name Instrumentation and Control Engineering
Module Category Focus area Industrial Control Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester Based

92
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Module ‘Instrumentation and Control Engineering’ deals with


engineering design of instruments including sensors; signal
Module Description conditioning Circuits, signal conversion elements, output presentation,
elements of neural control, Neural Network design and implementation
strategy, Fuzzy Logic fundamentals
At the end of the courses of this module the graduate students will:
- Understand the basic operational principles and
limitations of electrical and electronic instruments.
- Be able to analyze and compare commercial instruments
and design similar systems under given constraints
- Understand and be able to develop and analyze state
Module Objectives
space models of control systems.
- Gain insight into design, analysis and synthesis of
controllers using state space methods.
- Process control systems and practical control strategies.
- Understand and analyze neural network and fuzzy logic
implementation
Module ‘Instrumentation and Control’ enables to equip students with
fundamentals of instrumentation and control up to detailed analysis
Module Competency
and engineering design of instruments including sensors, signal
conditioning circuits, signal conversion elements, output presentation.
Total ECTS 19
Module Learning and
Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory activity, Term paper, Projects, etc
teaching Methods
Module Assessment Assignments, Quizzes, projects, Lab Reports and Exams
Techniques
Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name ECTS
ECEg4321 Modern Control systems 5
ECEg4322 Digital Control Systems 5
ECEg4323 Instrumentation Engineering 5
ECEg4324 Neural Networks & Fuzzy Logic Control 4

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 33
Module Code ECEg-M4331
Module Name Control Applications
Module Category Focus Area in Industrial Control Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester Based

93
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

This module covers the fundamental issues in the Embedded System


design and development, robotics and Industrial automation
Fundamentals; Mechanisms and Actuators, Sensors and Detectors;
Modelling and Control of Manipulators; Robot Applications and
Programming; Review of Industrial Control Devices and Introduction
level. In this module the fundamentals of embedded systems, hardware
Module Description
and firmware designs will be explored. Issues such as embedded
microcontrollers, embedded programs, real-time operating systems, low
power computing, interfacing as well as optimization, will be discussed.
The embedded system course in the module is designed to provide
students a working knowledge of Embedded Systems their Design and
Programming at an
At the end of this module, graduate students will
- Understand the concepts, components both hardware and
software of embedded systems
- Understand the elements of an industrial robot, mechanisms,
sensors, actuators and end effectors.
- Program robotic manipulators- Acquaintance with artificial
Module Objectives intelligence applications in robotics
- Be introduced to industrial control circuits and applications of
PLCs in modern industrial control
- Develop skills to develop embedded systems based control
applications
- Design embedded control applications
- Realize digital implementation of the classical control systems.
At the end of this module students will be capable of:
-working knowledge of Embedded Systems, their Design and
Programming at an Introduction level.
Module Competency -exploring hardware and firmware designs.
- understanding of embedded microcontrollers, embedded programs,
real-time operating systems, low power computing, interfacing as well as
optimization.
Total ECTS 16
Module Learning and
Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory Activities, term Papers, etc
teaching Methods
Module Assessment
Assignments, Quizzes, Lab Reports and Exams
Techniques
Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name ECTS
ECEg5331 Introduction to Embedded Systems 5
ECEg5332 Industrial Automation and Introduction to Robotics 6
ECEg4333 Process Control Fundamentals 5

94
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 34
Module Name Project and Presentation
Module Code ECEg-M4341
Module Category Common Module
Mode of Delivery Semester Based
Module Description
Module Objectives
Module Competency
Module Learning Teaching
Methods
Module Assessment
Methods
Total ECTS of the Module 7
Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name ECTS
ECEg4341 Research Methods and Presentation 3
ECEg4342 Semester Project 4

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 35
Module Name Internship
Module Code ECEg-M5351
Module Category Common Module
Mode of Delivery Semester Based

95
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Module Description
Module Objectives
Module Competency
Module Learning Teaching
Methods
Module Assessment
Methods
Total ECTS of the Module 30

Courses of the Module


Course Number Course Name ECTS
ECEg5351 Industry Internship 30

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 36
Module Name Entrepreneurship and Managerial skills
Module Code IEng-M5363
Module Category Common Module
Mode of Delivery Semester Based
Module Description
Module Objectives
Module Competency
Module Learning Teaching
Methods
Module Assessment
Methods
Total ECTS of the Module 9
Courses of the Module

96
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Course Number Course Name ECTS


ECEg4202 Engineering Entrepreneurship 4
ECEg4322 Industrial Management and 5
Engineering Economy

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 37
Module Name B.Sc. Project
Module Code ECEg-M5371
Module Category Common Module
Mode of Delivery Semester Based
Module Description
Module Objectives
Module Competency
Module Learning Teaching
Methods
Module Assessment
Methods
Total ECTS of the Module 12
Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name ECTS
ECEg5371 Engineering Entrepreneurship 12

97
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Course Profile:

1. Electromagnetic Fields

Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering


University of XX, Institute of Technology
ECEg2092
Course Code
Course Title Electromagnetic Fields
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Electromagnetism and Electrical Materials
Module Name

Module Code ECEg-M2091


Module Coordinator Xx
Lecturer Xx
ECTS Credits 5
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Home study
Student work load Laboratory
32 48 0 48
 Understand and quantify the electrical effects of static charge
distributions in vacuum and material body
 Apply the laws governing electrostatic to different charge
Course Objectives & distributions
Competences to be  Understand and quantify the effects of charges moving with
Acquired uniform velocity
 Understand the elements of electrodynamics
 Summarize electromagnetism through Maxwell’s equations.

98
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Fundamentally, this course focuses on the basic laws that govern


static EM fields such as Coulomb’s law for electrostatics and Biot
Savart’s law for magnetostatics. Based on these laws, the nature
Course Description and properties of electrostatic and magnetostatic fields on
material spaces, with applications in the real world, are
explored.The major topics to be studied in this course are: (i)
Vector algebra and Calculus-very important to lay mathematical
foundation to understand the courses a whole. (ii) Electrostatics
–the governing laws such as Coulomb’s and Gauss’s laws for
static charge distributions in free and material spaces, with real
world applications, will be formulated and studied in detail.(iii)
Magnetostatics-the governing laws such as Biot-Savart’s and
Ampere’s Laws for steady state current source distributions in
free and material spaces , with real world applications, will be
formulated and studied.(iv) Maxwell’s Equations for Static and
dynamic (time varying ) EM fields will be summarized as the
most important principles of EM field propagations.

Contact
Week
hour Course Contents
1. Review of Vectors
Scalar & Vector Fields; Line, Surface, & Volume Integrals;
Gradient of a Scalar field, Divergence & Curl of a Vector
Field, the Divergence & Stokes's Theorems, Laplacian of a
Scalar Field; Solenoidal & Irrotational Vector Fields,
Helmholz's Theorem; Orthogonal Curvilinear Coordinates.

1. Electrostatic Fields
Coulomb's Law, Electric Field E, Electric Flux Density D;
Gauss's Law; Electric Potential V; Relationship between E
&V; Electric Dipole; Energy in Electrostatic Fields.
3. Electric Fields in Material Body
Convection & Conduction Currents; Polarization in
Dielectrics; Boundary Conditions.

99
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

4. Electrostatic Boundary-Value Problems


Poisson's & Laplace's Equations; Resistance &
Capacitance.
5. Magnetostatics Fields
Biot-Savart Law; Ampere’s Circuital Law; Magnetic Flux
Density B; Magnetic Vector Potential A; Maxwell's
Equation for Static EM Fields.

6. Magnetic Forces & Materials


Forces due to Magnetic Fields; Magnetic Boundary
Conditions; Magnetic Energy; Faraday's Law. Magnetic Forces
& Materials
7. Introduction to Time Varying EM Fields and Maxwell
Equations

Fundamental of Electrical Engineering ;


Pre-requisites
Applied Mathematics III (Co-requisite)
Semester Year 2, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial, assignments, Demonstrations.
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation Exams, quizzes, assignments
& Grading System
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Course policy
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.

100
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and


plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time
for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five
minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
[1] Matthew N. O. Sadiku: Elements of Electromagnetics,
Oxford University Press, USA; 4th edition Oct 24,2006

[2] Hayt, W.H.: Engineering Electromagnetics, 4th ed., McGraw-


References Hill, 1981.
[3] Popovic and Popovic: Introductory Electromagnetics,
(Prentice Hall, 2000).
[4] David J. Griffiths: Introduction to Electrodynamics, 3rd
ed., Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1999.
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

101
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

2. Signals and System Analysis


Department of Electrical and Computer
University of XX, Institute of Technology

Course Number ECEg2121


Course Title Signal and Systems Analysis
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Signals and Networks Analysis
Module Code ECEg-M2121
Module Coordinator XX
Lecturer XX
ECTS Credits 6
Lectur Tutorial Practice or Home
Students work load e Laboratory study
48 48 - 64
Enable student to understand and apply the
Course Objectives &
representation, classification, characterization and
Competences to be
analysis of signals and systems in time and frequency
Acquired
domains
This course will introduce students to mathematical
descriptions of signals & systems, and mathematical tools
for analyzing and designing systems that can operate on
signals to achieve a desired effect. Classification of signals
and systems; signal representation and approximation -
orthogonal and basic functions, Fourier series
representation; singularity functions; convolution -
analytical, graphical and numerical computations; single
Course description
and a system of ordinary linear differential equations as
applied to network analysis; the Fourier transform; the
sampling theorem; forward and inverse Laplace
transformations - system function and other applications;
forward and inverse Z-transformations and applications,
solving difference equations; introduction to discrete time
Fourier transform (DTFT).

Week Contact hour Course Contents


1.Introduction
Characterization, classification, and
representation/modeling of signals and systems
2. Signal Approximation
Orthogonal/orthonormal and basis functions;
error to signal energies ratio.

102
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

3. Fourier Series Representation Signals


Trigonometric & exponential Fourier series,
frequency and power spectrums, error to signal
energies ratio.
4. Singularity Functions
The impulse, step and ramp functions;
discontinuous functions.
5. Convolution of Continuous Time Signals
Signals as a continuum of impulses; impulse
responses; analytical, graphical and numerical
evaluation of convolution
6. Modeling of Electrical Systems and Ordinary
Linear Differential Equations (OLDE)
Single and multiple variable OLD equations

7. Fourier Transforms and Inverse Transforms


Properties, energy spectrum, transform
theorems, system functions, the Sampling
Theorem
Ideal and real sampling, Nyquist rate.

103
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

8. Laplace Transforms and Inverse Laplace


Transforms
Properties, relationship between Fourier and
Laplace transforms; system functions;
Partial fraction method, modified power series
methods, evaluations from pole-zero plots;
systems response, solutions to integro-
differential equations;
9.Z-Transforms and Inverse Transforms
Discrete signals and systems, the Z-transform &
inverse transform; system functions; difference
equations and their solutions
Introduction to Discrete Time Fourier Transform
(DTFT)

Pre-requisites Applied Mathematics III


Semester Year 2, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial, assignment and
Methods laboratory exercises.
Assessment/Evaluation & Exams, Quizs, Assignments and simulation
Grading System
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of
students Senate Legislation of our University throughout
this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication,
and plagiarism will not be tolerated.
Course policy
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from
lectures to discussions. Students will be active
participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments
provided according to the time table indicated.

104
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to


be on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are
late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have
its own value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the
class.

[1] Signals and Systems, Second Edition, Simon Haykin and


Barry Van Veen, John, Wiley & Sons, 2003
[2] Philip Denbigh: System Analysis and Signal, 1988.
[3] Processing with emphasis on the use of matlab,
Prentice Hall; 1st edition , February 3, 1998
References [4] Budak: Passive and Active Network Analysis and
Synthesis, Houghton Mifflin, 1974.
[5] Hazony: Elements of Network Synthesis, Reinhold, 1963.
[6] Roberts: Signals and Systems: Analysis using
Transform Methods and MATLAB, MJ, International
Edition, McGraw Hill, 2003.
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

3. Network Analysis and Synthesis


Department of Electrical Engineering

105
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

University of XX, Institute of Technology

Course Code
ECEg3122
Course Title Network Analysis and Synthesis
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Signals and Networks Analysis
Module Code ECEg-M2121
Module Coordinator xx
Lecturer xx
ECTS Credits 5
Lectur Tutorial Practice or Home study
Students’ work load e Laboratory
32 48 - 48
1. Understand and apply the techniques of modeling,
Course Objectives &
analysis, design and synthesis of N-Port passive and
Competences to be
active electric networks and filters in a classical and a
Acquired
modern approach
This course starts by introducing network analysis and
network synthesis. It gets into some detail of network
analysis: exploring network theorems (superposition,
reciprocity, Thevenin’s, and Norton’s theorem) and it
explores network transform representations. It then
defines port and discuss about relationship between,
transfer function using two port parameters. And
interconnection of two-port parameter in some detail
and then discuss about analysis of ladder network. It
then briefly discuss about frequency response and bode
plotting and poles and zeros versus response. Before we
make a synthesis we need to make sure realizability of
the given network so here it will discuss about causality,
Course Description
stability, Hurwitz polynomial, positive real function and
some elementary synthesis procedure.
Now the next part is network synthesis: here it will
discuss about property and synthesis of one port
networks using two elements (resistor, inductor and
capacitor) and it discuss synthesis of functions composed
of three elements. It then goes to synthesis of two-port
networks: property of transfer function, zeros of
transmission, and synthesis of Y21 and Z21 with a 1-Ω
Termination. And at last it discuss about filter
approximation, insertion loss synthesis and synthesis of
Active and passive networks and filters.

Course Contents

106
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

1. Introduction to network analysis and synthesis


Networks and their developmental stages;
analysis, design and analysis concepts;
2.Network transform representation and analysis
Analysis of first and second order circuits;
transformed network equations and analysis;
3.Elements of reliability theory
Causality and stability - time and frequency
domain criterions; restrictions on pole-zero
locations of dp and transfer functions;
4.Synthesis of Driving Point Function
 one port networks
Elementary synthesis procedures; removal of
minimum resistance/conductance;
 Two port networks
Z -, Y-, H-, and ABCD parameters; relationship
among 2-port parameters; parallel, series, and
cascade interconnections;
5.Synthesis of transfer functions (two port networks)
Auxiliary functions - transmission and reflection
coefficients; terminated two port networks
6.Active network synthesis
Active network building blocks; synthesis of
active networks;
7. Active and Passive Filters
Filter categorization and specification; classical
filter design techniques - image parameter
technique, constant- k filters, m-derived filters,
composite filters, Modern technique of passive filter
synthesis,Modern techniques; synthesis of high
pass (HP), band pass (BP) & band rejection (BR)
filters Synthesis of active filters
Active filters - merits & demerits with respect to
passive filters; active filter structures and ;
transformation of passive RLC filters into active
realization

Pre-requisites Signal and Systems Analysis


Semester Third Year, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial, assignment and laboratory
Methods exercises.
Assessment/Evaluation & Exams, Quiz’s, Assignments and simulation
Grading System
Course policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of

107
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

students Senate Legislation of our University throughout this


course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from
lectures to discussions. Students will be active
participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments
provided according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be
on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late
more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have
its own value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the
class.

[1] Mac E. Van Valkenburg: Network Analysis,


Prentice Hall College :3rd edition 1974.
[2] Sudhakar ,A and Shyammohan Tata: Circuits and
Network Analysis and Synthesis, McGraw Hill New
Delhi: 1994.
[3] Linear Network Theory by Norman Balabanian
and Theodore Bickart, Matrix Publishers, 1981,
and Design with Operational Amplifiers and
Analog Integrated Circuits by Sergio Franco,
McGraw-Hill, 1988.
References
[4] Analog Filter Design by M. E. Van Valkenburg,
Holt, Rhinehart & Winston, 1982.
[5] Kuh and Pederson: Principles of Circuit
Synthesis, McGraw-Hill, 1959.
[6] Weinberg: Network Analysis and Synthesis,
McGraw-Hill, 1962.
[7] Filter Design for Signal Processing using
MATLAB and Mathematica, Miroslav D Lutovac,
Dejan V. Tosic, Brian L. Evans, Prentice Hall, 1st,
Edition (September 6, 2000).
108
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

4. Digital Signal Processing

Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering


University of xx, Institute of Technology

Course Code ECEg3151


Course Title Digital Signal Processing
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Electrical Systems Engineering
Module Code ECEg-M3151
Module Coordinator xx
Lecturer xx
ECTS Credits 6
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Home
Students’ workload Laboratory study
32 - 48 64
 Introduce students to methods of discrete-time
Course Objectives &
signals and systems representation and analysis
Competences to be
 Introduce design methods and realization structures
Acquired
of discrete-time systems.

109
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Introduce signal processing applications using signal


processing development kits for a chosen DSP chip
 Introduce the application of digital signal processing
This course starts by discussing discrete time signals
and linear systems. It presents Z-transform and its
application. It then dealt with sampling and
quantization, A/D and D/A converters. It discusses
Course Description about discrete Fourier transform and fast Fourier
transform. And also explores the implementation of
digital filters (IIR and FIR). At last it briefly discuss
about decimation and interpolation.

Week Contact hour Course Contents


1. Introduction to digital signal processing:
sampling and quantization, A/D and D/A
converters,
2. Discrete-time systems convolution
3. Z-transforms and its Implementation
4. Digital filter realizations

Fast Fourier transforms digital filter design,


decimation and interpolation, random signals,
and some applications.

5. FIR and IIR Filters


 Filter Design Methods
 Interpolation and Decimation
6. Adaptive Signal Processing and its
application
7. Application of Digital Signal Processing
 Image Processing
 Speech Processing

Pre-requisites Signals and Systems Analysis


Semester Year 3, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecturers, lab Exercises and Assignments
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Exams, Quiz’s, Assignments and simulation and
Grading System laboratory evaluation
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct
Course policy
of students Senate Legislation of our University

110
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

throughout this course.


 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication,
and plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from
lectures to discussions. Students will be active
participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments
provided according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class & 100 % lab attendance is
mandatory! Please try to be on time for class. I will
not allow you enter if you are late more than five
minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have
its own value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the
class.

[1] A. Oppenheim and Schafer, "Discrete-time


Signal Processing" Prentice Hall.
[2] S. J. Orfanidis, "Introduction to Signal
Processing'; Prentice Hall
[3] J. G. Proakis and D. G. Manolakis, "Introduction
to Digital Signal Processing" Macmilan
References
Publishing Company.
[4] V. K. Ingle and J. G. Proakis, "Digital Signal
Processing Using MatlabV.4" PWS Publishing
[5] Sanjit K.Mitra ‘Digital Signal Processing’, A
Computer Based Approach, Tata McGraw-Hill,
New Delhi, 1998.
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

111
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

5. Communication Systems
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
University of xx, Institute of Technology

Course Code ECEg4172


Course Title Communication Systems
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Communication System
Module Code ECEg-M4271
Module Coordinator Xx
Lecturer Xx
ECTS Credits 5
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Home
Students’ workload Laboratory study
48 - 48 48
 To introduce students to digital communication systems and its
Course Objectives & applications
 To enable students to analyze the performance of receivers in
Competences to be the presence of noise.
Acquired  To enable the student design optimum receivers and introduce
them to the theory of information and coding.
In this course revision of spectral analysis, random
variables and process will be made since this topic is
very much essentially in the forthcoming chapters. The
course proceeds with the analysis of mathematical
representation of noise. It further considers the effect of
noise in analog modulation as well as digital modulation.
Under analog modulation noise in amplitude modulation
Course Description
and noise in frequency modulation will be covered and
the effect of noise in pulse/digital-modulation system
will be covered. The course also covers optimum
receiver design and it will introduce to channel
equalization. Lastly the course deals with information
theory and coding.

Course Contents
Week Contact hour

112
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

1. Review of digital communication systems


2. Information theory and coding : introduction,
types of coding, application and design
3. Digital Modulation Techniques

PSK, FSK and QAM,

Noise performance of digital modulation techniques,


Optimum receiver design for digital modulation
techniques in the presence of noise, mitigation

techniques

4. Spread Spectrum Communication Systems:


introduction, types spread spectrum
communication, modeling and design of spread
spectrum communication.

5. Introduction to MIMO Communication:


Introduction, Principles, types, Modeling and
design of MIMO Systems.
6. Introduction to OFDM Communication

Pre-requisites ECEg3152:Introduction to Communication Systems


Semester Forth Year, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecturers, quizzes, discussions, assignments and paper
Methods works, laboratory demonstration and simulation
Assessment/Evaluation & Exams, Quiz’s, Assignments and simulation and
Grading System laboratory evaluation
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct
of students Senate Legislation of our University
throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication,
and plagiarism will not be tolerated.
Course policy
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from
lectures to discussions. Students will be active
participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the
assignments provided according to the time table

113
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

indicated.
 80 % of class & 100 % lab attendance is
mandatory! Please try to be on time for class. I will
not allow you enter if you are late more than five
minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will
have its own value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the
class.

[1] Haykin: Communication Systems 4e


[2] Taub and Schilling: Principles of Communication Systems,
2nd edition
References [3] Leon W. Couch:Digital and Analog Communication Systems
(6th Edition)
[4] B.P. Lathi: Modern Digital and Analog Communications
Systems (The Oxford Series in Electrical andComputer
Engineering)
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

114
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

6. Telecommunication Networks

Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering


University of xx, Institute of Technology

Course Code ECEg4282


Course Title Telecommunication Networks
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Data and Telecom Networks
Module Code ECEg-M4281
Module Coordinator xx
Lecturer xx
ECTS Credits 5
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study
Students’ workload
32 48 - 48
 To inspect and summarize the major features of today's
most popular telecommunication networks as well as
the forthcoming ones
 To get oneself familiar to the related standardization
Course Objectives &
work stablished by ITU
Competences to be
(InternationalTelecomrnunications Union), ETSI
Acquired
(EuropeanTelecommunications Standards Institute)
and various other worldwide standardization bodies.
 To understand digital signaling techniques
 To understand sensor and adhoc networks
The main aim of this course is exploring historical
evolution of telecommunication networks and today’s
telecommunication networks and standards. The course
Course Description
also introduces different types of telecommunication core
network technologies used previously and in today’s
telecommunication technology. The advantage and

115
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

disadvantage of different channel sharing technologies


that are SDH, PDH, SONET and ATM will be explored. In
addition to these multiplexing techniques the access
technologies used in telecommunication, starting with the
old public switched telephone networks up to the modern
telecommunication technologies i.e. ISDN and DSL will be
dealt. And finally the access technologies used in wireless
mobile communication i.e CDMA and GSM will be
considered.

Week Contact hour Course Contents


1. History and Evolution of Telecommunication
networks
2. Basics of Telecom Networks: Telephone, computer,
cable television and wireless networks, networking
principles, and digitization: service integration,
network services and layered architecture, traffic
characterization and QOS, network services:
network elements and network mechanisms.
3. Introduction to digital telecom signaling and
applications; overview of SDH, PDH, SONET and
ATM
4. Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) and
Public Land Mobile Networks
5. Introduction to Digital Subscriber Line
Technologies; DSL, ADSL. HDSL,
SDSL.VDSL.Overview of packet-switched networks,
local loops and its access mechanisms.
6. Packet Switched Networks: OSI and IP models:
Ethernet (IEEE 802.3); token ring (IEEE 802.5),
FDDI, DQDB, frame relay: SMDS: Internet working
with SMDS, Internet protocol; TCP and VDP,
performance of TCP / IP networks circuit -switched
networks: SONET; DWDM, Fiber to home, DSL.
Intelligent networks, CATV.

116
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

7. Emerging telecom networks : wireless sensor


networks, adhoc networks

Pre-requisites Communication Systems


Semester Year IV, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecturers, Tutorials, paper work and Assignments
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Exams, Quiz’s, Assignments and simulation and laboratory
Grading System evaluation
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct
of students Senate Legislation of our University
throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication,
and plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from
lectures to discussions. Students will be active
participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the
Course policy
assignments provided according to the time table
indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to
be on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are
late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have
its own value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the
class.
[1] T Aattalainen: "Introduction toTelecommunications
Network Engineering'.'Artech House
[2] T. Saadawi: "Fundamentals ofTelecommunication
References
Networks" JohnWiley & Sons (1994)
[3] M. P. Clark: "Networks and Telecommunications';
JohnWiley & Sons ‘1991'
117
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

[4] R. L. Freeman: "Telecommunication System


Engineering" John Wiley & Sons (199'I I
[5] A. Leon-Garcia and IndraWidjaja: "Communication
Networks: Fundamental Concepts
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

7. Antennas and Radio Wave Propagations

Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering


University of xx, Institute of Technology

Course Code ECEg4292


Course Title Antennas and Radio Wave Propagations
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name EM Waves and Antennas
Module Code ECEg-M4291
Module Coordinator xx
Lecturer xx
ECTS Credits 5
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study
Students’ workload
48 - 48 80
 To understand and quantify how antennas launch
electromagnetic waves into the surrounding medium.
Course Objectives &  To understand types of antennas and describe their radiation
Competences to be Acquired characteristics.
 To gain insight into how radio waves (Ground waves, Sky waves.
Line of Sight waves, etc.) Propagate into space.
In this course, the topics to be covered include the different
potential functions to derive Electric and magnetic fields;
Course Description different types of practical Wire Antennas; Antenna Parameters;
Antenna Arrays; Radio Wave Propagations.

Course Contents

118
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

1. Introduction to Antenna Systems

 Basic Principles
 Types of Antennas
 Electromagnetic Wave Radiation Mechanisms.
 Radiation Integrals and Auxiliary Potential Functions

2. Fundamental Parameters of Antenna


 Radiation Pattern
 Radiation Power Density and Radiation Intensity
 Beamwidth and Directivity
 Gain and Radiation Efficiency.
 Polarization

3. Linear wire and Loop Antennas

Introduction, modeling , design techniques and procedures,


types and applications

4. Synthesis of Array Antennas


 Introduction
 Two Element Array
 N-Element Array
 Design Procedures for Array Antennas
5. Reflector Antennas
 Introduction
 Types of Reflector Antennas
 Parabolic Reflector Antennas
 Design of Reflector Antennas

119
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

6. Microstrip Antennas
 Introduction
 Feeding Techniques
 Methods of Analysis
 Design Procedures and Specifications
7. Antenna Measurements
 Amplitude and Phase Measurement

 Gain And Directivity Measurement

 Impedance and Polarization Measurement

 Antenna Range Design and Evaluation

Pre-requisites EM Waves and Guide Structures


Semester Year V, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecturers, Tutorials , term papers work, Assignments, simulation,
Methods laboratories
Assessment/Evaluation & Exams, Quiz’s, Assignments and simulation and laboratory
Grading System evaluation
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of
students Senate Legislation of our University throughout
this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
plagiarism will not be tolerated.

Course policy  Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures
to discussions. Students will be active participants in the
course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments
provided according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class & 100 % lab attendance is mandatory!

120
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Please try to be on time for class. I will not allow you


enter if you are late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its
own value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.

[1] Constantine A. Balanis, “Antenna Theory: Analysis and Design”,


John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 3rd Edition.

[2] Warren L.Stutzman and Gary A.Thiele, “Antenna Theory and


Design”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.

[3] John D.Kraus, “Antennas”, Tata McGraw-Hill Ltd, 2nd Edition.


References
[4] Thomas A.Millgan, “Modern Antenna Design”, McGraw-Hill Ltd,
3rd Edition.

[5] Chand L.Godara, “Smart Antennas”, CRC Press.

Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

121
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

8. Wireless and Mobile Communication Systems


Department of Electrical Engineering
University of Bahir Dar, Faculty of Engineering

Course Code ECEg4283


Course Title Wireless and Mobile Communication Systems
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Data and Telecom Network
Module Code ECEg-M4281
Module Coordinator xx
Lecturer xx
ECTS Credits 5
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study
Students Workload
48 - 48 48
 Understand the general principles of wireless and
mobile communication.
 Understand the fundamental problems and counter-
measure techniques in digital communications over
wireless mobile channels.
 Design mitigation techniques to avoid the problems

Course Objectives & of the wireless channels.


Competences to be Acquired  Understand the basics principles of mobile
generation systems.
 Analyze the basic principles of radio resource
management in wireless communications
 Model and simulate specific mobile communication
networks

In this course, the topics to be covered include overview of


wireless communication systems and evolution of wireless
networking (1G, 2G, and 3G); the cellular system design
fundamentals: network planning, channel assignment,
Course Description
handoff, network management, channel capacity,
interference cancellation; mobile radio propagation
concepts: large-scale path loss and propagation models,
small scale path loss and propagation models , multipath
fading; equalization and diversity techniques: adaptive

122
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

equalizers, linear and nonlinear equalization, diversity


techniques (space, time frequency and polarization), Rake
receiver; multiple access techniques(TDMA,FDMA,
SSMA, random access); overview of GSM and CDMA
technologies.

Week Contact Hour Course Contents

1. Overview of Wireless and Mobile


Communications

 Basic principles of wireless communications


 History of wireless communication system
 Types of wireless communication systems
 Trends in cellular radio communication systems
2. Mobile Radio Channel Modeling and
Mitigations

 Wireless channel models and signal


propagations
 Large scale fading channel models
 Small scale fading channel models
 Mitigation techniques for fading channels
 Equalization techniques
 Spatial domain processing(diversity)
techniques
Coding techniques

123
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

3. Basics of Wireless Cellular Systems


 Concept of cellular systems & design
fundamentals
 Cellular concept and frequency reuse
 Channel assignment techniques
 Handoff strategies
 Interference and system capacity
 Trunking and upgrading the grade of services

4. Types of Multiple Access Schemes for


Wireless Systems
 FDMA multiple access schemes
 TDMA multiple access schemes
 CDMA multiple access schemes
 OFDMA multiple access schemes

5. Evolution of Mobile Telephony Systems

 First generation (1G) system


 AMPS, TACS
 Second generation (2G) system
 GSM & GPRS
 Third generation (3G ) systems
 WCDMA & CDMA 2000
 WIMAX
 Fourth generation (4G )systems
LTE

124
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

6. Fundamentals of Mobile Computing

 Introduction to mobile computing


 Modelling and simulation of mobile systems
 Location management schemes
 Energy-efficient computing and communication
 Application of Mobile Computing

Pre-requisites Communication Systems


Semester Year IV, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecturers, tutorials, paper work, assignments and lab
Methods Exercises and Assignments
Assessment/Evaluation & Exams, Quiz’s, Assignments and simulation and
Grading System laboratory evaluation
All students are expected to abide by the code of
conduct of students Senate Legislation of our University
throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication,
and plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from
lectures to discussions. Students will be active
participants in the course.
Course policy  You are required to submit and present the
assignments provided according to the time table
indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try
to be on time for class. I will not allow you enter if
you are late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will
have its own value in your grade
Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the

125
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

class
[1] P. M. Shankar, “Introduction to Wireless Systems”,
Drexel Univ., 2001.
[2] A. Goldsmith, “Wireless Communications”,
Cambridge University Press, 2005.
[3] Theodore S. Rappaport, “Wireless Communications:
Principle and Practice”, Prentice Hall PTR, Second
Edition, 2002.
[4] Jochen H. Schiller, “Mobile Communications”,
Addison Wesley Pub. Corp., 2003.
[5] Y. Park and F. Adachi, “Enhanced Radio Access
Technologies for Next Generation Mobile
Communication”, Springer Science + Business
References Media Inc., 2007.
[6] Reza B’far, “Mobile Computing Principles: Designing
and Developing Mobile Applications With Uml and
Xml”, Cambridge University Press,2005
[7] R. P. C. Francisco and S. Andersson, “Optimizing
Wireless Communication Systems”, Springer
Science + Business Media Ltd., 2009.
[8] M. Schwartz, “Telecommunication Networks:
Protocols, Modelling and Analysis”, Addison
Wesley Pub. Corp., 1987.
[9] Larry.L.Peterson and B.S.Davie, “Computer
Networks: A System Approach”, 3rd Edition, 2003.

Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

126
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

9. Optics and Optical Communication Systems


Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
University of XX, Institute of Technology

Course Code ECEg4302


Course Title Optics and Optical Communication Systems
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Data and Telecom Network
Module Code ECEg-M4281
Module Coordinator Xx
Lecturer Xx
ECTS Credits 5
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Home study
Students Workload Laboratory
48 - 48 48
On successful completion of this course the students
will be able to
 Understanding light wave generation systems,
Course Objectives & optical fibres, and dispersion techniques.
Competences to be
 Design optical transmitter and receivers
Acquired
 Analyze WDM techniques and optical amplifiers.
 Analyze dispersion compensation techniques
and be familiar with its limitation..
This course is to famililarize the students with history

Course Description of optical communication systems, optical transceivers,


light signal systems & dispersion compensations.

Week Contact Hour Course Contents

127
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

1. Introduction to Optical Communication Systems


Historical overview of optical fiber communications and
current importance, Light wave generation systems,
system components, optical fibers, SI, GI fibers, modes,
Dispersion in SM fibers, limitations due to dispersion, Fiber
loss, non linear effects. Dispersion shifted and Dispersion
flattened fibers.

2. Optical Transmitters And Receivers

Basic concepts, LED’s structures spectral distribution,


semiconductor lasers, gain coefficients, modes, SLM and
STM operation, Transmitter design, Receiver PIN and
APD diodes design, noise sensitivity and degradation,
Receiver amplifier design.

3. Light Wave Systems

Coherent, homodyne and heterodyne keying formats,


BER in synchronous - and asynchronous- receivers,
sensitivity degradation, system performance,
Multichannel, WDM, multiple access networks, WDM
components, TDM, Subcarrier and Code division
multiplexing.

4. Light Signal Amplifiers Circuits

Basic concepts, Semiconductor laser amplifiers, Raman


- and Brillouin- fiber amplifiers, Erbium doped - fiber
amplifiers, pumping phenomenon, LAN and cascaded
in-line amplifiers.

5. Light Signal Dispersion Compensation

Limitations, Post- and Pre- compensation techniques,


Equalizing filters, fiber based gratings, Broad band
compensation, soliton communication system, fiber
soliton, Soliton based communication system design,
High capacity and WDM soliton system.

Pre-requisites Communication Systems


Semester Year IV, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecturers, tutorials, laboratories, Exercises and
Methods Assignments
Assessment/Evaluation & Exams, Quiz’s, Assignments and simulation and

128
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Grading System laboratory evaluation


All students are expected to abide by the code of
conduct of students Senate Legislation of our University
throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication,
and plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from
lectures to discussions. Students will be active
participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the
Course policy
assignments provided according to the time table
indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try
to be on time for class. I will not allow you enter if
you are late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will
have its own value in your grade
Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the
class
[1] Fiber-Optic Cornmunications Technology, Djafar
K. Mynbaev and Loweli L. Scheiner Prentice Hall,
2001
[2] Aggarwal G.P., “Fiber optic communication
systems”, 2nd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York,
References 1997.
[3] G.Keiser, “Optical fiber communication systems”,
McGraw-Hill, New York, 2000.
[4] Franz & Jain, “Optical communication, Systems
and components”, Narosa Publications, New
Delhi, 2000.
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

129
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

10. Computational Methods


Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
University of XX, Institute of Technology

Course Code ECEg2113


Course Title Computational Methods

Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical and Computer Eng.

Module Name Advanced Engineering Mathematics

Module Code ECEg-M2101


Module Coordinator xx
Lecturer xx
ECTS Credits 5
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study
Students Workload
48 - 48 48
Students shall learn basics of mathematical modeling, different
numerical methods for determination of roots of equations,
Course Objectives &
fundamentals of linear algebraic equations, least square
Competences to be
regressions and interpolation methods, numerical
Acquired
differentiation and integration, and solving ordinary
differential equations numerically.
This course is aimed at introducing the students with Number
Course Description

130
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

System, Numerical Error Analysis and Solution of Nonlinear


Equations. In addition, it will cover revision of matrices,
interpolation & approximation, numerical differentiation &
integration. And finally, it will introduce them with FEM & FDTD.

Week Contact Hours Course Contents

1. Number System and Numerical Error Analysis


The Error Problem; Representation of Integers and
Fractions; Number Representation and Storage in
Computers; Rounding Off Problem; Numerical Errors;
Significant Digits; Numerical Cancellation; Algorithm
for Conversion from one base to another;
Computational Problems and Algorithms;
Computational Efficiency; Computational Methods for
Error Estimation
2. Solution of Nonlinear Equations
Methods used in Root Finding; Summary of the
Solutions of Nonlinear Equations; Fixed Point
Iteration; Real Roots of Polynomial Equations;
Iterative Methods for Finding Real Zeros of a
Polynomial; Order of Convergence
3. Review Matrices and its Computation
Elementary Properties of Matrices; Orthogonality and
Orthonormality of Vectors and Matrices; Norm of
Vectors and Matrices, System of Linear Equations
Existence and Uniqueness of Solutions; Methods of
Solution of Linear Equations,

4. Solution of Systems of Nonlinear Equations


The Iterative Method; The Newton-Raphson Method

131
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

5. Interpolation and Approximation


Class of Common Approximation Functions; Criteria for
the Choice of the Approximate Function; Finite
Differences; Divided Differences; Interpolation by
Polynomials; Least Square Approximation by
Polynomials; Piecewise Polynomial Approximation;
Cubic Spline Interpolation
6. Numerical Differentiation and Integration
Numerical Differentiation; Numerical Integration,
numerical Solutions of Differential Equations
Ordinary Differential Equations; Partial Differential
Equations.
7. Introduction to FEM and FDTD Methods

Pre-requisites Applied mathematics-III, computer programming


Semester Year II, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lectures, tutorials, assignments, laboratory and paper work
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Exams, Quiz’s, Assignments and simulation and laboratory
Grading System evaluation
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of
students Senate Legislation of our University throughout this
course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
plagiarism will not be tolerated.
Course policy
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the
course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments
provided according to the time table indicated.

132
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be


on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late
more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its
own value in your grade
Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class
[1] Chapra C.S. and Canale P.R., “Numerical Methods for
Engineers with Programming and Software Application”
[2] Recktenwald, Gerald. Numerical Methods with Matlab,
References Prentice Hall, 2000.
[3] Erwin Kreysizg (2005), Advanced Engineering
Mathematics, 9th edition, Wiley.
[4] Stewart, J. (2002), Calculus, 5th edition, Brooks Cole.
[5] Brown, J. W. & Churchill, R. V. (2003), Complex Variables
and Applications, 7th edition
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

11. Probability and Random Process


Department of Electrical Engineering
University xx, Institute of Technology

Course Code ECEg2114


Course Title Probability and Random Process
Degree Program B. Sc in Electrical and Computer Engineering

133
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Module Name Advanced Engineering Mathematics


Module Code ECEg-M2101

Module Coordinator Xx
Lecturer Xx
ECTS Credits 5
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study
Students Workload
32 48 - 48
On successful completion of this course the students will be
able to:
 Comprehend probability theory
Course Objectives &  Understand functions, calculus and transformation of
Competences to be
stochastic processes
Acquired
 Specify stochastic processes as models
 Use stochastic processes to Electrical Engineering
applications.
Introducing some application area of probability and random
processes and revising Set theory, Function, Factorial, Permutation
and Combination. Basic concept of Probability Theory: Probability
models and axioms, Conditional probability, total probability,
Independence and Bayes’ the0rem. Random Variables, Probability
Distributions and Densities function, Discrete and Continuous
random variables, Gaussian Random Variable and Q-Function,
Conditional Distribution and Density Function. Expectations,
Course Description variances, moments, Expectation of a Function of Random
Variable, Characteristic Function , Central Limit Theorem and
Transformation of Random Variables. Two and more random
variables and their joint distributions and densities. Random
processes, Auto and cross correlation Functions, covariance,
Stationary Random Processes, Ergodic Random Processes and
Power Spectral Density Function. Introduction to parameter
estimation and prediction.

Week Contact Hour Course Contents

134
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

1. Introduction to probability theory: including discrete


and continuous random variables
2. Random variables and random distribution.
3. Discrete and continuous density functions; probability
functions, calculus and transformation of stochastic
processes, characterization and specification of stochastic
processes as models of signal ensembles;
4. Stationery and Ergodicity: correlation and power
spectral desnsity; the Wiener, Poission, Markoff and
Gaussian, Rayleigh process ; orthogonal series and
representation.

5. Representation of random processes: Random


processes, Random process in linear systems,
application of random process,

6. Power Spectral Estimation and Stochastic Filter


Design

Pre-requisites None
Semester Year II, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lectures, tutorials, assignments and simulations
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Exams, Quiz’s, Assignments and simulation
Grading System
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of
students Senate Legislation of our University throughout this
course.

Course policy  Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and


plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the

135
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments
provided according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on
time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more
than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its
own value in your grade
Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class
[1] R.B.Ash & W.A. Gardner; Topics in Stochastic Processes- Wiley
[2] H.Stark & J.W Woods; probability and Random processes and
estimation theory for engineer(2/e)-PHI
[3] E.Wong & B.Hajek: Stochastic processes in Engineering
systems-Springer Verlag.
[4] E.Wong: Introduction to Random Processes- Springer Verlag.
Refences
[5] Kenneth H.Rosen: Discrete Mathematics and its Applications-
McGraw-Hill.
[6] Ochi.M.K. Applied probability ans Stochastic processes, John
Wiley & Sons (1992).
[7] Peebles JR.,P.Z., Probability Random Variables and Random
Signal principles, McGraw Hill Inc., (1993)
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

12. Microelectronics Devices and Circuits

136
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering


University of XX, Institute of Technology

Course Code ECEg4261


Course Title Microelectronic Devices and Circuits
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Microelectronic Devices and Circuits
Module Code ECEg-M4261
Module Coordinator Xx
Lecturer Xx
ECTS Credits 5
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Home
Students Workload Laboratory study
32 - 48 48
1. To understand the basic
concepts realization of
microelectronic devices and
circuits;
Course Objectives &
2. To understand and design
Competences to be
microelectronic systems;
Acquired
3. To be able to effectively
model and design
microelectronic systems and
networks.

In this course, the topics to be covered include modeling of


microelectronic devices, basic microelectronic circuit
analysis and design, physical electronics of semiconductor
junction and MOS devices, relation of electrical behavior to
internal physical processes, development of circuit models,
Course Description and understanding the uses and limitations of various
models. The course uses incremental and large-signal
techniques to analyze and design bipolar and field effect
transistor circuits, with examples chosen from digital
circuits, single-ended and differential linear amplifiers.

Week Contact Hour Course Contents

 Boltzmann diode model: introduction, principle,


modeling and analysis , simulation , design and
development stages, application
 Design of rectifier circuit and computer aided
analysis: : introduction, principle, modeling and
analysis , simulation , design and development stages,
application

137
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 NMOS and PMOS transistor operating principle:


modeling MOS transistor, design of CMOS inverter and
simulation
BJT models; Advantages and limitations of the
simulation models
4. Introduction to RF Circuits and Systems : RF circuits,
Impedance matching and Quality factor, Efficiency,
Amplifiers, RF preamplifiers , filters, Frequency
converters, Mixers, Radio receivers; oscillators and pll,
amplifiers and power supplies

Pre-requisites Electrical Materials and Technology, Applied Electronics II


Semester Year 4, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lectures, tutorials, assignments and simulations
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Exams, Quiz’s, Assignments and simulation
Grading System
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct
of students Senate Legislation of our University
throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication,
and plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from
lectures to discussions. Students will be active
participants in the course.
Course policy  You are required to submit and present the
assignments provided according to the time table
indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to
be on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are
late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have
its own value in your grade
Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class

138
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

[1] M. N. Horenstein, Microelectronic Circuits and


Devices, Prentice Hall, 2 nd ed., 1996.
[2] R. C. Jaeger, Microelectronic Circuit Design,
McGraw Hill, 1997.
[3] S. Sedra and K. C. Smith, Microelectronic Circuits,
References
4th ed., 1997.
[4] Adel S. Sedra , K. C. Smith : Microelectronic
Circuits: Microelectronic Circuits, Oxford
University Press; 5th edition Nov 2003.

Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

13. Advanced computer Networks


Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
University of XX, Institute of Technology

Course Code
Course Title Advanced Computer Networks
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Data and Telecom Networks
Module Code
Module Coordinator Xx
Lecturer Xx
Students Workload 48 Hrs Lecture , 48 Hrs Lab and 48Hrs Home Study
Course Objectives & Competences to After completion of this course Students should be
be Acquired able to understand
 Networking Architectures and Models. Forming of
various direct link Networks and recovery. How
WAN operates and the use of Packet switching and
routing table.
 the protocols and hardware related to
internetworking & routing
 Strong knowledge of various WAN technologies
 Various Network Design and Security

139
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 the major systems and services operating over Wide


Area Networks
 Introduction to Socket programming

Course description
This course aims at exploring the various routing
protocols and their concepts. It gets to the depth of the
building blocks of the internet; the LAN and explains
the protocol, structure and the systems in these
configurations (the Ethernet, Ring and Wireless LANS).
The course then takes time to explore one of the recent
technologies in computer networking: - the Multi-
Protocol Labe Switching (MPLS). In this section, a brief
introduction to MPLS will be presented and structural
study will be introduced. The basic difference between
traditional Switching and MPLS shall also be outlined.
Virtual Private Networks are introduced and two main
types of VPNs will be dealt with. The IPsec and the SSL
will be of great concern and shall be presented vividly.
Finally the burning issue of network security will be
studied. Possible threats and their nature will be
studied. Mechanisms for securing network resources
will also be presented

Week Contact Hour Course Outline


1.Computer Networking Overview
Packet Switch –Structure and Routing, TCP/IP Model

- Physical Layer and data link layer brief
overview:Error detection and Error correction
Flow Control
3. Network Layer and Transport Layer :Routing
Algorithm, Congestion control Algorithms, IP v6, The
internet transport Protocol, TCP, UDP, Routing and
Switching, Algorithms and programs

4.Basics of Application layer


DNS (Domain Name System),E- mail
WWW, Multimedia

5.Introduction to Socket programming


Programs related to socket
Practicing Programs

140
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

7. Developing Network Programming Skills


IP addressing, troubleshooting, URL, etc.,

8. Network management
 Overview of the issues of network management
 Use of passwords and access control mechanisms
 Domain names and name services
 Issues for Internet service providers (ISPs)
 Layers of network management Infrastructure
for network management the key areas of
network management (accounting, security,
configuration, performance, and fault tolerance)
the Internet management framework and
protocols (SNMP,) Practical limitations and case
studies Windows Server 2003 configurations
Pre-requisites Data Communication and Computer Networks
Semester Year V, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Methods Lectures supported by tutorials and Laboratory
Assessment/Evaluation & Grading Assignments, Mid-semester Examination and Final
System examination
Course policy All students are expected to abide by the code of
conduct of students Senate Legislation of our
University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating,
fabrication, and plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from
lectures to discussions. Students will be active
participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the
assignments provided according to the time table
indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please
try to be on time for class. I will not allow you
enter if you are late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will
have its own value in your grade

141
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the


class
References: [1] A S Tannenbaum " Computer Networks" Prentice
Hall of India Publication , 2002
[2] Fourozon " Data Communication & Computer
Networks" Tata Mcgraw Hill Publication. .
[3] R. Handel, M. N. Huber, and S. Schroeder. ATM
Networks: Concepts, Protocols, Applications, Addison
Wesley, 2001.
.
[4] Fred Halshall "Data Communication, Computer
Networks & Open systems" Publication Pearson
Education
[5] W. R. Stevens. TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 1: The
protocols, Addison Wesley, 2000
[6] W. Stallings. Cryptography and Network Security:
Principles and Practice, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall,
2000

Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

14. Introduction to Communication Systems


XXX University
XXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Introduction to Communication Systems

142
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Course Code ECEg3152


Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Electrical Systems Engineering
Module Code ECEg-M3151
Module coordinator
Course Instructor
ECTS 6
Contact hour per 32Lecture hrs, 48 Tutor hrs, 32 lab and 48 home study hrs
week
Target Group III Year
Year/Semester III/II
Prerequisites ECEg2113: Applied Electronics II
ECEg3122: Network Analysis and Synthesis
ECEg2114: Probability and Random Processes
Status of the course Compulsory
Course Description This course introduces the student to Short description of an analog
communication system, Analysis of deterministic signals in frequency
domain, Signal transmission in base band, Linear distortion, Nonlinear
distortion and commanding, Analog modulation systems, Analysis of
linear modulations such as AM, DSB, SSB, Linear modulation and
demodulation techniques also combined with FDM, Nonlinear
modulation techniques such as PM and FM, Survey of sampling
techniques for analog pulse modulations such as PAM, PPM and PDM,
Pulse modulation systems, PCM, DM, DPCM,FSK, PSK and ASK

Course Objective  To give a strong background in communication systems engineering.

and Competency  To teach the different analog and digital linear and non-linear modulation
and demodulation techniques those are common to many communication
systems.
Detailed Course topics and reading materials
Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Remark
Week Contact Hour

143
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

1. Analysis and Transmission of Signals

 Analog communication system

 Analysis of deterministic signals in frequency domain

 Signal transmission in base band

 Linear distortion

 Nonlinear distortion and companding


 Frequency allocation,

 Electromagnetic wave propagation models

2. Amplitude (linear) modulation.

 Analysis of linear modulations such as AM, DSB,DSB-


SC,SSB, VSB
 Linear modulation and demodulation techniques also
combined with FDM
3. Angle modulation

 PM and FM modulation and demodulation


techniques

 Narrow band and Wide band Angle


modulation

4. Base band pulse signaling

 The sampling theorem, , Quantizing and Encoding,

 PAM,PCM,QAM,FSK, PSK and ASK

5. Introduction to Data communication

 Introduction

 Model for data communication

 TDM and PCM frames

Digital carrier systems and multiplexing

 Teaching  Lectures supported by Quizzes and assignments, Tutorials and Labs


Methodology
 Assessment  Attendance and class activities, Quizzes, Assignments and Final

144
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Methods Exam
Course policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for
class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value
in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class
1. References 2. Simon Haykin: Communication Systems [Text Book]
3. Taub and Schilling: Principles of Communication
SystemsMcGraw-Hill, 1999.
4. Leon W. Couch II, “Digital and Analog Communication Systems”
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature
15. EM Waves and Guided Structures
Program Regular
Course Title EM Waves & Guide Structures
Course Code ECEg4291
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering (Communication Engineering focus Area)
Module Name EM Waves and Antennas
Module Code ECEg-M4291
Course Instructor

145
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

ECTS 5
Students’ workload 48 Lecture hrs. , 48 Lab and 48 home study hrs
Target Group IV Year
Year/Semester IV/I
Prerequisites ECEg2092: Electromagnetic Fields
ECEg3143:Introduction to Communication System
Math2023: Applied Engineering Mathematics III
Status of the course Compulsory
Course Description This course introduces the student to Advanced Electromagnetic Wave
&Guide structure. Topics covered include: Review of Vectors and
Maxwell’s Equations, Field Quantities; Maxwell’s Equations; Boundary
Conditions; Time-Harmonic Fields, Electromagnetic Wave Propagation,
Waves in General; Wave Propagation in Lossy Dielectrics; Plane Waves in
Free Space; Plane Waves in Lossless Dielectrics; Plane Waves in Good
Conductors; Power and Poynting Vector, Poynting Theorem; Refection of
Plane Wave at Normal and Oblique Incidence; Summary of TEM Waves,
Transmission Lines , Transmission Line Equations; Input Impedance,
SWR, and Power; The Smith Chart; Some Application of Transmission
Lines, Waveguides: Rectangular Waveguides; TM Modes; TE Modes;
Power Transmission and Attenuation; Waveguide Resonators.

Course Objective and


 Understand and quantify the effects of accelerated charges in
Competency
Producing time-varying electromagnetic waves.

 Be able to derive- from Maxwell’s equations- the governing

equations for EM wave propagation, RF transmission lines,


rectangular waveguides and resonant cavities.

 Have gained insight into the applications of RF transmission

lines, the use of Smith Chart and matching techniques.


Topic/Subtopic/Chapter
Week Contact Hours

146
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

1. Review of Vectors and Maxwell’s Equations


 Scalar & Vector Fields; Line, Surface, & Volume Integrals; Gradient
of a Scalar field, Divergence & Curl of a Vector Field.
 The Divergence & Stokes’s Theorems, Laplacian of a Scalar Field;,
Helmholz’s Theorem; Field Quantities;.
 Maxwell’s Equations; Boundary Conditions; Time-
Harmonic Fields.
2. Electromagnetic Wave Propagation
 Introduction
 Waves in General
 Wave Propagation in Lossy Dielectrics
 Plane Waves in Free Space
 Plane Waves in Lossless Dielectrics
 Plane Waves in Good Conductors
 Power and Poynting Vector, Poynting Theorem

 Refection of Plane Wave at Normal and Oblique Incidence


3. EM waves in Transmission lines
 Transmission line model

 Transmission Line Equations

 Input Impedance, SWR, and Power

 The Smith Chart

 Some Application of Transmission Lines.

4. Waveguides

 Introduction

 Rectangular Waveguides

 TM Modes

 TE Modes

 Power Transmission and Attenuation

Waveguide Resonators
Teaching Methodology  Lectures supported by Quizzes and assignments, Tutorial and
Labs
Assessment Methods  Attendance and class activities, Quizzes, Assignments and Final
Exam

147
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Course policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of
students Senate Legislation of our University throughout this
course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments
provided according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on
time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than
five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade

Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class


References
1. Matthew N. O. Sadiku: Elements of Electromagnetics, Oxford
University Press, USA; 4thedition Oct 24,2006[Text Book]

2. Woldegiorgis Woldemariam (Prof.), Applied Electromagnetic Fields


and Waves, Addis Ababa University, 1991

3. Hayt, W.H.: Engineering Electromagnetics, 4th ed., McGraw-Hill,


1981.

4. Popovic and Popovic: Introductory electromagnetics, (Prentice


Hall, 2000).

5. David J. Griffiths: Introduction to Electrodynamics, 3rd ed.,


Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1999.

Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

148
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

16. Microwave Devices and Systems

Program Regular
Course Title Microwave Devices and Systems
Course Code ECEg4301
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering (Communication focus Area)
Module Name Microwave and Optical Communication
Module Number ECEg-M4301
Team Leader
Course Instructor
ECTS 5
Students’ workload 48 Lecture hrs. , 48 Lab and 48 home study hrs
Contact Days ( time IV Year
and room)
Target Group IV/I
Year/Semester
Prerequisites ECEg4291:EM Waves & Guide Structures
Status of the course Compulsory
Course Description The course mainly deals with different types of waveguides, mostly
passive and partly active microwave devices & systems and their
application in communication systems. The course focuses on concepts,
theories and applications of microwave devices and systems. The course
also comprises of a term paper. It consists of: Principles and Analysis of
Waveguides, Introduction to Microwave Circuits, Review of Network
Parameters and Transmission Line Theory, The Scattering Parameters,
Impedance Matching, Passive Microwave Components and Networks,
Introduction to Active Microwave Devices.
Course Objective and  Appreciate the use of microwave devices and systems that they
Competency come across in their carriers and daily life.

 Gain knowledge and understanding of the working principles of

149
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

different types of waveguides

 Understand and use the basic microwave devices and systems


(both classical and modern)

Topic/Subtopic/Chapter
Week Contact Hour

1. Review of principle and Analysis of Wave Guide

 Introduction
 Wave guide principles and analysis
 Types and mode classification
2. Review of Network Parameters &Transmission Line Theory

 Review of Network Parameters

 Measurement of incident and reflected waves

 S &T parameters

 Review of Transmission line that operate at microwave


frequency

3. Microwave Circuit and Systems

 Introduction
 Microwave circuit and systems
 Microwave transmitters and receivers

4. Passive Microwave Components and Networks

 Basic principles

 Types of basic Microwave Devices

 Matching network design

5. Introduction to Active Microwave Devices and Networks

 Basic principles of active microwave devices

 Types of active microwave devices

Matching network design

Teaching  Lectures supported by tutorial, lab, Quizzes, assignments

150
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Methodology
Assessment Methods  Attendance and class activities, Quizzes, Assignments and Final
Exam, Term paper and presentation
Course policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of
students Senate Legislation of our University throughout this
course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments
provided according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on
time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than
five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class
References 1. “Microwave Transistor ,amplifier analysis and design”, by
Gonzalez(textbook)
2. “Microwave Circuit Design using linear and non-linear
techniques”, by Vendelin/Pavio
3. “Computer Aided Design of Microwave Circuits”, by K.C.

Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

151
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

17. Digital logic design

xxx University
xxxx Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Digital logic design
Course Code ECEg3141
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Computer Architecture and Programming
Module Number ECEg-M3141
Team Leader
Course Instructor
ECTS 6
Students’ workload 32 Lecture hrs , 32 Tutor hrs ,48 Laboratory hrs and 48 Home study hrs
Contact Days ( time

152
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

and room)
Target Group
Year/Semester 3rd/I
Prerequisites ECEg2113 : Applied Electronics II
Status of the course Core Electrical
This course provides an overview of the principles underlying
Number systems, arithmetic operations, decimal codes,
alphanumeric codes, Boolean algebra, Karnaugh maps,
implementation of digital logic gates using universal gates(NAND
Course Description and NOR gates), exclusive-OR gates, integrated circuits,
combinational circuits, decoders, encoders, multiplexers,
Demultiplexers adders, subtractors, multipliers, sequential circuits,
latches, flip-flops, sequential circuits analysis, and counters. Finally,
under this course, Analysis and design of combinational and
sequential logic systems will be done.
 Convert between decimal, binary, octal, and hexadecimal number
systems.
 Differentiate different Codes in digital system.
 Perform two-level logic minimization using Boolean algebra and
Karnaugh maps minimization method.
 Analyze the properties and realization of the various logic gates.
Course Objective and  Perform binary addition and subtraction.
 Implement the Boolean Functions using NAND and NOR gates.
Competency
 Incorporate medium scale integrated circuits, like decoders,
encoders, multiplexers, etc., into circuit design.
 Differentiate and Design Combinational and Sequential circuits.
 Design and analyze clocked sequential circuits.
 Use various types of latches and flip-flops to build binary memory
and counters.
 Perform asynchronous and synchronous sequential logic analysis
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Remarks
Week
Hour
Introduction to Digital Systems Readings :
10 hours  Digital and analogue quantities
Week 1  Binary digit logic level and [1] pp1-26
digital waveform
Number system ,operations and Reading
codes
Week  Decimal number [1]19-50
10 hours  Binary number
2,3 Assignment
 Decimal to binary
conversation 1
 1’s and 2’s compliment of

153
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

binary number
 Signed number
 Hexadecimal number
 Octal number
 BCD
Logic gates
 The inverter Readings
 The AND gate :
10 hours  The OR gate [1] 78-
Week 4,5  The NAND gate 106
 The NOR gate
 The Exclusive OR and Quiz 1
Exclusive NOR gates
Boolean algebra and Logic Readings
simplification :
 Boolean operation and [1] 118-
expression 146
15 hours  Laws and rules of Boolean
Week 6,7
algebra Assignme
 De morgan Theorems nt 2
 Boolean analysis of logic
circuit
 The K-map
Combinational logic
 Functions of combinational Readings
logic :
 Basic combinational logic [1]
Week 8 15 hours circuits pp163-
 Implementing Combinational 200
logic
 Universal property of NAND Quiz 2
and NOR gates
Adders , decoders , encoders Assignme
Week 9 10 hours ,multiplexers and de multiplexers nt 3

Flip flops
 Latches Readings
10 hours  Edge triggered flip flops
Week 10,11  Master slave flip flops Assignme
 Applications nt 4
Counters
 Synchronous counters Readings:
 Asynchronous counters
Week 12  Up/down counters Mini
 Design of synchronous project
counters
Shift registers Reading
Week 13,14  Basic shift registers
 Serial in serial out registers Assignme

154
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Serial in parallel out Registers nt 5


Quiz 3
Memory and storage (optional)
 Basics of semiconductor
Memory
 Random access memory
Week 15 (RAM’s)
 Read only memory (ROM’s)
 Programmable
ROM;s(PROM,EEPROM)
 Flash memories
Final Exam Date

 Lectures supported by tutorials,


Teaching
 Assignments, and
Methodology
 Laboratory exercises.
 Continuous Assessment (Quizzes, Tests, Assignments and mini
Assessment Methods projects)=50%
 final Exam=50%
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of
students Senate Legislation of our University throughout this
course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
Course policy  You are required to submit and present the assignments

provided according to the time table indicated.


 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on
time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than
five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class
1. Morris M. Mano: Digital Design (3rd Edition)
References 2. R. J. Tocci and N. S. Widmer: Digital Systems – Principles and
Applications, 9th Ed, Prentice Hall, 2004
3. T.L. Floyd: Digital Fundamentals, 9th edition ,Prentice Hall

155
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

4. Stephen Brown, ZvonkoVranesic: Fundamentals of Digital Logic


with Verilog Design, McGraw-Hill Science/Engineering/Math; 1st
edition 2002
5. R.P. Jain: Modern Digital Electronics, raw-Hill
Science/Engineering/Math; 1 edition, (August 21, 2006)
6. AnantAgarwal and Jeffrey Lang: Foundations of Analog and Digital
Electronic Circuits, Morgan Kaufmann Series, Jul 15, 2005
7. Any related web content can possibly be referred

Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

18. Object Oriented Programming

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course TitleObject Oriented Programming
Course Code ECEg3142

Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical and Computer Engineering


Module Name Computer Architecture and Programming
Module Number ECEg-M3141
Team Leader
Course Instructor
ECTS 5
Students’ workload 32 Lecture hrs , 48 Laboratory hrs and 48 Home study hrs

156
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Contact Days ( time and


room)
Target Group III Year
Year/Semester 3rd/I
Prerequisites ECEg2033-Introduction to Computing
Status of the course Core Electrical Engineering
Course Description The main focus of this course is to study and understand the object
oriented programming concepts: objects, classes, interfaces and
packages. In doing so we need to use any object oriented programming
language that helps us to implement the essential features of object
oriented programming, namely Encapsulation (Information hiding or
data abstraction), Polymorphism and Inheritance. After these basics
the course then aims to help the students understand the nuts and bolts
of a pure object oriented programming language, e.g. JAVA, C++ or C#,
by writing some application and applet programs. Then using any of
these languages we need to know how could we create class, object,
interface and package also need to understand some useful predefined
classes, interfaces and packages. Model real-world objects using their
state and behaviour. Then it deals with web design in HTML and how
could we add some programmable features using Java Applets into the
web page that will help us solve the problem. Finally to provide a solid
foundation for developing software using the object-oriented paradigm
it is important to know the Unified Modelling Language (UML) and the
different class relations and their UML representation
Course Objective and After successfully completed this course, the student should be
Competency
able to :
 get familiar with different concepts and terminologies in object
oriented programming
 understand the difference and relations between classes and
objects
 work with pure Object-Oriented Programming Language; Java,
C++ or C#
 differentiate between application programs and applet programs
 develop some classes of real world objects based on their
behavior and states
 know how to create objects from available classes, use this
objects and destroy unused objects
 create subclasses of a class and indicate the behaviors and states
of the superclass which are possible to be inherited by the
subclass
 come with mechanism of preventing hackers of some superclass
 understand certain skills in web and windows programming and
using graphical user interface
 represent complicated real-world/software systems using
simpler model using the Unified Modeling Language (UML)
 make themselves ready for developing software using the object-

157
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

oriented paradigm
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Materials
Hour
1,2 10 hours Introduction to the OOP paradigm Handout from Course
 Comparison between structured / instructor
procedural programming and OOP.
 Basic concepts: abstraction,
encapsulation, information hiding.
 Program reusability and extensibility
3, 4 10 hours Introduction to Java elements
 Introduction to the Java development
environment
 variables and their declaration
 Introduction to classes and objects
 input/output
 conditional statements and loops
 Arrays
5, 6, 7th 15 hours Classes and Objects- a deeper look Slide Notes
 Classes, objects Text:
 Methods
Chapter 6,8
 Constructors
 Composition Assignment 1
 The Static and final key words
Quiz1
 Constructors and destructors
 Using the UML class and
Composition diagrams
8th ,9th 10 hours Inheritance Text:
 Introduction
Chapter 9
 Superclasses and Subclasses
 protected members
 Constructors in Subclasses
10th , 10 hours Polymorphism and Interfaces Text:
11th Chapter 10
 Introduction
 Polymorphic example
 Abstract Classes
 Final Methods and Classes
 Introduction to interfaces
 Abstract Classes implementing
interfaces
 Derived interfaces

158
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

12th 13th 10 Hours Exception Handling Text:


Chapter 13
 Introduction by example
 try- catch mechanism
 Exception classes
 The finally Block
14th , 10 hours GUI and Event Driven Programming Slide Notes
15th  Introduction Text:
Chapter 11
 Overview of Swing Components
 Swing vs .Awt
 Introduction to Event Handling
 Common GUI Even Types and
Listener Interfaces
 Using the swing
componens(JButton, JTextfield,
JListetc)
16th 5 Introduction to Object-Oriented Software Handout from course
Design instructor

 Introduction to SW design and


development
 Expressing real world entity using a
class
 Using UML to express relationship
between classes
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology  Lectures supported by tutorials,
 Assignments, and
 Laboratory exercises.
Assessment Methods  Continuous Assessment=50%.
 final Exam=50%
Course policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of
students Senate Legislation of our University throughout this
course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.

159
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 You are required to submit and present the assignments


provided according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on
time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than
five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class
References ‹1›Java How to Program, 6th edition, H.M.Deitel- P.J.Deitel, Pearson
Education, 2005
‹2›Java: An Introduction to Problem Solving and Programming, 5th ed. W.
Savitch and F. Carrano, Prentice Hall, 2008
‹3› Absolute Java, 5th Edition, W.Savitch, Addison Wesley,2012
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

19. Microcomputers and Interfacing


XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course TitleMicrocomputers and Interfacing
Course Code ECEg4161

Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical and Computer Engineering


Module Name Microcomputer and Interfacing
Module Number ECEg-M4161
Team Leader
Course Instructor
ECTS 6
Students’ workload 32 Lecture hrs, 16 Tutor, 48 Laboratory hrs and 64 Home study hrs

160
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Contact Days ( time and


room)
Target Group IV Year
Year/Semester 4th/I
Prerequisites ECEg3143- Computer Architecture and Organization
Status of the course Core Electrical Engineering
Course Description The Microcomputers and interfacing course intends in getting the
concepts to the mastering of basic microcontroller and microcomputers.
The discussion of the course will be based around the 8086 intel-
microprocessor. However, this is not stiff and could be subjected to
change. The fact that the 8086 is the considered basic processor
architecture, only for those matters will the discussion is based on the
microcontroller. The discussion of the course will begin by introducing
the microcontroller evolution in their historical background. The art of
bringing hardware and software together will be explored. The two most
common computer architectures, the Reduced Instruction Set Computing
(RISC) and the Complex Instruction Set Computing (CISC) will also be
explained. The overall 8086/8088 architecture with a close look at the
register, memory, bus, and IO organization. Having discussed the concept
of the architecture, the course will then pass to getting to know with the
instruction sets of the 8086. The most important instruction set will be
given emphasis and soon after that, hardware programing will be taught.
The hardware programming or the storing of a program will take two
tours. The first will be assembly language programming route and the
second will be high level hardware programming. The high level language
programming can take various languages into the programming task. C
and C++ are the most common ones. Subroutines and interrupts shall be
handled in programing to enable students get the art of real time
applications. Next shall be the skill of interfacing microcontrollers with
various peripherals devices that help bring up real applications. Finally
bringing all things together, students will be made able to design
microcomputers for various devices. This will help them in developing
hardware based controllers in embedded concepts.
Course Objective and After successfully completed this course, the student should be able
Competency
to :
 Get knowledge of the internal architecture of a microprocessor.
 Write efficient codes in both assembly and high level languages.
 Understand and handle interrupts
 Use microprocessors to develop controllers and computers
 Design and implement microcomputers
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Materials
Hour
INTRODUCTION TO MICROPROCESSORS &
COMPUTERS

161
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 History of Microprocessors
 Evolution of the Intel processors
THE 8086 MICROCONTROLLER ARCHITECTURE

 Features of 8086

 Architecture of 8086

o Bus Interface Unit (BIU)

o Execution Unit (EU)

 Register Organization

o General purpose registers

o Segment Registers

o Pointers and Index Registers

o Flag Registers

 Bus Operation

 Memory Segmentation
8086 MICROPROCESSOR PROGRAMING &
INSTRUCTION SETS

 8086 Addressing Modes

o Data Addressing Modes

o Program Memory Addressing Modes

o Stack Memory Addressing Modes

 Instruction Set of 8086

o Data Movement Instructions

 MOV Instruction

 PUSH/POP Instruction

 Load effective address

 String Data transfer Instructions

 Miscellaneous Data Transfer Instructions

 Arithmetic and Logic Instruction

162
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

o Addition

o Subtraction

o Comparison

o Multiplication

o Division

o BCD and ASCII Arithmetic

o BCD Arithmetic

o ASCII Arithmetic

o Basic Logic Instructions

 Shift and Rotate

 Shift

 Rotate

o String Instructions

o program ControlTransfer
Instructions

 CALL and RET Instructions

 JMP Instruction

 Conditional Jump

 Iteration Control Instructions

o Process Control Instruction

o External

o HardwareSynchronization
Instructions
• Interrupt Instructions
Assembly Language Programming
• Some Assembly Language Programs
• Programming with Assembler

163
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

o Assembling Process
o Linking Process
o Debugging Process
• Timings and Delays
o Timer Delays using NOP instruction
o Time Delay using COUNTERS
o Timer delays using NESTED Loops
8086 System Configuration
• Signal Description of 8086
o Minimum Mode of Operation
o Maximum Mode of Operation
INTERFACING
Basic IO Interfacing
• Parallel I/O
• Programmed I/O
• I/O Port Address Decoding
Programmable Peripheral Interface (PPI)
• Programming 8255
• Operation Modes of the 8255
Timer Interfacing
• The 8254 Programmable Interval Timer (PIT)
Serial I/O Interface
• Asynchronous Communication
• Programmable Communication Interface
UART 8251
Interrupts
• Interrupt Driven I/O
• Software and Hardware Interrupts
• Interrupts vectors and Vector tables
• The 8259A Programmable Interrupt
Controller (PIC)
Direct Memory Access (DMA)
• Basic DMA Operations
• DMA Controlled I/O
• The 8237 DMA Controller
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology  Lectures supported by tutorials,
 Assignments, and
 Laboratory exercises.
Assessment Methods  Continuous Assessment=50%.
 final Exam=50%
Course policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.

164
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and


plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time
for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five
minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class
References 1. Douglas V Hall, ‘Microprocessors and Interfacing-Programming
and Hardware’, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company
Limited, NewDelhi-2002.
2. Ramesh S Gaonkar, ‘Microprocessor Programming and
Interfacing using 8085’, Penram Publications, 4th Edition, 2003
3. A.K.Ray, K.M.Bhurchandy, ’Intel Microprocessors-Architecture,
Programming and Interfacing’, McGraw-Hill International Edition,
2004
4. Microprocessors and Interfacing, first Edition, 2009. A.P
Douglas and D.A Douglas
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

20 Data Structure and Algorithm


XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular

165
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Course Title Data Structures & Algorithm


Course Code ECEg4171
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Data Storage and Analysis
Module Number ECEg-M4171
Team Leader
Course Instructor
ECTS 6
Students’ workload 32Lecture hrs ,32 Tutor hrs, 32Laboratory hrs, and 64Home study
Contact Days
(time and room)
Target Group IV Year
Year/Semester IV/I
Prerequisites ECEg3142 Object Oriented Programming
Status of the course Core Electrical Engineering
Course Description This course is intended to present the data structures which may be
used in computer storage to represent the information involved in
solving problems (heaps, hash tables, B-trees). Emphasis will be
placed on concepts of data abstraction and its implementation.
Analysis of Sorting & searching algorithms, Algorithm design
techniques, Graph Algorithms, String Processing Algorithms,
Problem complexity and type, introduction to parallel computation.
Course Objective and  Have profound knowledge of the various data structures
Competency together with their implementation and associated operations.
 Use existing data structures and create a new one.
 To discuss and exemplify algorithm analysis methods
 Module Data Storage and Analysis computation
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
Data Abstraction
 Abstract Data Type
 Language Features to Support
Data Abstraction
 Comparison of Algorithms(Big-O
Notation)
Linked lists
 Singly Linked Lists

166
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Types of Linked List


 Doubly Linked Lists
Stacks
 The Stack ADT
 Array Implementation of Stacks:
 The PUSH operation
 The POP operation
 Linked List Implementation of
Stacks
 Stack implementation using
iterators
Queues
 Introduction
 Circular array implementation of
enqueue and dequeue operations
 Linked list implementation of
enqueue and dequeue operations
 Priority Queue
 Queue implementation using
iterator
Trees
 Tree Concepts
 Binary Search Trees
 Traversals of Trees
 Heaps
Hash Tables
 Hashing and hash functions
 Hash Tables without linked lists

Graphs
 Representation of Graphs
 Topological Sort
 Algorithm analysis basics

The running time of a program, Big-


Oh, Omega and Theta notations,
lower bounds, worst and average
case analysis, time and space
tradeoffs

167
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Recurrences

Recurrences, Master Method

 Analysis of Sorting and Searching


algorithms

Analysis of Simple Algorithms:


sorting, searching; Analysis of
Advanced Algorithms: advanced
trees, heaps, hash tables

 Algorithm design techniques

Brute force, Divide-and-conquer,


dynamic programming, greedy
algorithms, backtracking, branch
and bound, amortized analysis.

 Algorithms for fundamental graph


problems

Depth-first search, connected


components, topological sort, and
shortest paths.

 String processing algorithms

 Problem complexity and type

Complexity of problems, tractable and


intractable problems, Introduction to
parallel computation

 Algorithm analysis basics

The running time of a program, Big-


Oh, Omega and Theta notations,
lower bounds, worst and average
case analysis, time and space
tradeoffs

 Recurrences

Recurrences, Master Method

 Analysis of Sorting and Searching


algorithms

Analysis of Simple Algorithms:

168
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

sorting, searching; Analysis of


Advanced Algorithms: advanced
trees, heaps, hash tables

 Algorithm design techniques

Brute force, Divide-and-conquer,


dynamic programming, greedy
algorithms, backtracking, branch
and bound, amortized analysis.

Final Exam Date


Teaching Methodology  Continuous Assessment=50%
 Final Exam=50%
Assessment Methods  Continuous Assessment=50%.
 Final Exam=50%
Course policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments
provided according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on
time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than
five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class

169
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

References
 Data Structures and Algorithms, Mark.A.Weiss,3rded, Pearson
Education,2012

 Data Structures and Algorithms in Java,M.T. Goodrich and R.


Tamassia, 4thEd,John Wiley

 Absolute Java, 5th Edition, W.Savitch, Addison Wesley,2012

 Cormen, Leiserson, Rivest : Introduction to Algorithms

 Robert Sedgwick, Algorithms in C/C++

 Aho, Hopcroft, Ullman: The Design & Analysis of Computer


Algorithms

Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

22. Database Systems

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Database Systems
Course Code ECEg4172
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Data Storage and Analysis
Module Number ECEg-M4171
Team Leader
Course Instructor
ECTS 5

170
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Students’ workload 32 Lecture hrs ,16Tutor hrs, 32 Laboratory hrs and 64 Home study hrs
Contact Days ( time and
room)
Target Group IV Year
Year/Semester IV/I
Prerequisites ECEg3142 Object Oriented Programming
Status of the course Core Electrical Engineering
Course Description  This course is designed to provide students a working knowledge of
Fundamental concepts of a database systems, functionality of a
database system, types of models, steps of database design, Structured
query language (SQL), and introduction them to distributed and
parallel databases
Course Objective and  Introduce the concept of database systems and modeling
Competency techniques
 Provide a profound ground for the analysis, design and
implementation of database systems
 Discuss advanced database types and issues related to storage
and security
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials

Introduction, historical perspective,


Components and functionality of a
database system, types of models,
steps of database design
 Conceptual level design, E/R
model: Entities and relationships,
attribute types, key types, types of
constraints, multiplicity and
participation, symbols, design
guidelines, ODL model: Syntax, OO
concepts, ODL diagram,
comparison with E/R
 Relational database design,
Relations, dependencies, normal
forms, normalization steps, overall
design process
 Relational algebra, Simple
operations and symbols, complex
operations, introduction to
relational calculus
 Structured query language (SQL),

171
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Introduction, Constructs and their


syntax, Subqueries, Views,
Embedded and Dynamic SQL
 Data storage and query evaluation,
File structure, indexing and
hashing, query evaluation
 Security and integration,
Assertions, triggers, security and
authorization, encryption and
authentication
 Introduction to distributed and
parallel databases
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology  Lectures supported by tutorials,
 Assignments, and
 Laboratory exercises.
Assessment Methods  Continuous Assessment=50%.
 Final Exam=50%
Course policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments
provided according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on
time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than
five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class
References [1] Elmasri, Navathe: Fundamentals of Database Systems
[2] Silbershatz, Korth, Sudarshan: Database system concepts
[3] Raghu Ramakrishnan, Johannes Gehrke: Database management
systems

172
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

[4] H.C. Mollina, J.D. Ullman, J. Widom: Database system, the


complete book
[5] Pervasive Software Inc., Database design guide
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

23. Operating Systems

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Operating Systems
Course Code ECEg4181
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Programming Concepts & Software Engineering
Module Number ECEg-M4181
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Students’ work load 32 Lecture hrs. , 32 Tutor and 32 Laboratory hrs & 48 home study
Contact Days ( time and
room)
Target Group IV Year
Year/Semester IV/II
Prerequisites
 ECEg4171 Data Structures & Algorithm

 ECEg3143-Computer Architectures & Organization

Status of the course Core Electrical Engineering


Course Description This course examines the basic principles of operating systems design and

173
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

implementation. Particular emphasis will be given to process management,


storage management, I/O systems and the basics of distributed systems.

Course Objective and At the end of this course, students will be able to
Competency  Understand what operating system is, history and categories
of operating systems and operating system structures
 Understand process scheduling and process synchronization
 Know basics of memory management schemes of operating
system such as swapping, paging and segmentation
 Understand file systems, their interface and
implementations
 Know how hard disks operate, how the operating systems
manages the storage and retrieval of data in storage devices
as well as current technologies of mass storage structures.
 Know the role of operating systems in managing and
controlling I/O systems
 Understand the basic ideas of distributed systems and the
associated design issues such as several categories of
transparency.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials

Introduction/basics

Overview of operating systems

 Definition
 History
 Classification
 Roles/operations
Operating System Structures
 System calls
 Virtual machines
Process Management

Processes and Threads

 Process concept
 Inter process Communication
 Thread concept
 Single thread and multithread
programming
 Basic process and thread
management in Linux-creating,

174
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

monitoring and killing processes


and threads in linux
CPU Scheduling
 Scheduling Criteria
 Scheduling Algorithms
 Scheduling in Linux OS as an
example
Process Synchronization

 The critical section problem


 Software and Hardware
solutions for critical section
problem
 Classic Problems of
Synchronization
Deadlocks

 Definition and characteristics of


deadlock

Methods for handling deadlocks


Memory Management

Main Memory

 Memory Allocation
 Paging and Segmentation

Virtual Memory

 Demand Paging
 Page Replacement Algorithms

Storage Management

File System Interface

 File Concept

 Directory Structure

File System Implementation

 File System Structure

 Disk Block Allocation Methods

Mass Storage Structure

 Disk Structure
 Disk Scheduling Algorithms

175
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Swap Space Management

I/O Systems

 The role of OS in I/O System

 Kernel I/O Subsystem

Distributed Systems
 Definition
 Design issues with distributed
systems
 Distributed operating system
 Distributed coordination

Final Exam Date


Teaching Methodology  Lectures supported by tutorials,
 Assignments, and
 Laboratory exercises.
Assessment Methods  Continuous Assessment=50%.
 Final Exam=50%
Course policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments
provided according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class and 100% lab attendance is mandatory! Please
try to be on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late
more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class

176
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

References [1] Elmasri, Navathe: Fundamentals of Database Systems


[2] Silbershatz, Korth, Sudarshan: Database system concepts
[3] Raghu Ramakrishnan, Johannes Gehrke: Database management
systems
[4] H.C. Mollina, J.D. Ullman, J. Widom: Database system, the
complete book
[5] Pervasive Software Inc., Database design guide

24. Programming Languages

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course TitleProgramming Languages
Course Code ECEg4182

Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical and Computer Engineering


Module Name Programming Concepts & Software Engineering

Module Number ECEg-M4181


Team Leader
Course Instructor
ECTS 5
Students’ work load 32 Lecture hrs , 48 Tutor hrs & 48 home study
Contact Days ( time and
room)
Target Group IV Year
Year/Semester IV/II
Prerequisites ECEg3142-Object Oriented Programming
Status of the course Professional Compulsory
Course Description Definition of programming language, Role of programming
languages, Programming environment, Programming Language
syntax, Properties of Types and Objects, Elementary Data Types,
Structured Data Types, Encapsulation; Abstract Data Types, Type
Definitions, Generic Abstract Data Types, Inheritance,
Polymorphism, Implicit and Explicit sequence Control, Concurrency
and Parallelism
Course Objective and  To provide students with a working knowledge of the basic

177
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Competency constructs of all computer programming languages, and how these


constructs are used to support programming under various
programming paradigms.
 Students completing this course should be able to quickly learn to
effectively use new computer programming languages.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials

 Introduction:
Definition of programming
language, Role of
programming languages,
Why study programming
languages, Attributes of good
programming language
 Language Design Issues:
Programming environment,
Virtual Computers and
Binding Times, Language
Paradigms

 Language Translation
Issues:
Programming Language
syntax, Stages in Translation,
Formal Translation Models
 Data Types:
Properties of Types and
Objects, Elementary Data
Types, Structured Data
Types

 Abstraction I:
Encapsulation; Abstract Data
Types, Encapsulation by
subprograms, Type
Definitions
 Abstraction II:
Inheritance; Generic
Abstract Data Types,
Inheritance, Polymorphism
 Sequence Control:
Implicit and Explicit
sequence Control,

178
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Sequencing with Arithmetic


Expression, Sequencing with
Non-arithmetic Expression,
Sequence control between
statements
15  Subprogram Control:
Subprogram Sequence
control, Attributes of Data
Control, Parameter
Transmission, Shared Data in
subprograms
Concurrency and
Parallelism:
Concept, Communication,
Threads, Synchronization
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology  Lectures supported by tutorials,
 Assignments, and
 Laboratory exercises.
Assessment Methods  Continuous Assessments=50%.
 Final Exam=50%
Course policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time
for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five
minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value
in your grade
Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class
References [1] Programming Languages: Design and Implementation-Terrence

179
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

W.Pratt and Marvin V.Zelkowitz


[2] Programming Language Landscape- Michael Marcotty and H.
F.Ledgard
[3] Programming Languages: Concepts and Constructs, Ravi Sethi
[4] Concepts in Programming Language, John C.Mitchel
[5] Programming Language Design Concepts
[6]Programming Languages: Theory and Practice, Robert Harper
[7] Sebesta: Concepts of Programming Language
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

25. Software Engineering


XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Software Engineering
Course Code ECEg4183
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Programming Concepts & Software Engineering
Module Number ECEg-M4181
Team Leader
Course Instructor
ECTS 5
Students’ work load 32 Lecture hrs , 48 Tutor hrs & 48 home study
Contact Days ( time and
room)
Target Group IV Year
Year/Semester IV/II
Prerequisites ECEg3142-Object Oriented Programming
Status of the course Core Electrical Engineering
Course Description This course provides an introduction to the problems of software development
and maintenance and the processes and methods used to address them.

180
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Although all phases in the software development life cycle will be introduced,
the main focus will be on object-oriented analysis and design.
Course Objective and After successfully completed this course, the student should be able to :
Competency  acquainted with the classical and Object oriented Software engineering
paradigms.
 work in large software projects and to work in teams.
 Apply Object Oriented Software development techniques
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading
Hour Materials
Software Engineering Overview
 FAQs about software engineering
 Professional and ethical responsibility
Software Project Management
 Management activities
 Project planning
 Project scheduling
 Risk management
Products and Processes
 The product
- The Evolving Role of Software, software
characteristics and its applications
 The Process
- Software process models, Process iteration,
and Process activities
- Computer-aided software engineering
Software Requirement Analysis
 Functional and non-functional
requirements
 User and system requirements
 Interface specification and the software
requirements document
 Requirements Engineering Processes
Conventional Methods for Software Engineering
 System Engineering
 Analysis Concepts and Principles, and
Analysis Modeling
 Design Concepts and Principles
 Architectural Design, User Interface Design,
and Component-Level Design
 Software Testing Techniques

181
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

16 Object-Oriented Software Engineering


 Object-oriented concepts and principles
 Object-oriented analysis
 Object-oriented design
 Object-oriented testing
Validation and Verification
 Planning verification and validation
 Software inspections
 Automated static analysis
 Verification and formal analysis
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology  Continuous Assessment=50%
 Final Exam=50%
Assessment Methods  Assignments 10%,
 Quiz 10%
 Laboratory 10%,
 Project 20 %, and
 Final Examination 50%.
Course policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for
class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in
your grade
Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class
References [1] Software Engineering, A practitioner’s Approach—5th Ed, Roger S.
Pressman, Mc-Graw Hill 2001
[2] Software Engineering: Principles and Practice , 3rded.Hans van Vliet,Wiley,

182
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

2007
[3] Fundamentals of Software Engineering—Carlo Ghezzi; Mehdi Jazayeri; Dino
Mandrioli
[4]Classical and Object-Oriented Software Engineering with UML
[5] Java How to Program, 6th edition, H.M.Deitel- P.J.Deitel, Pearson Education,
2005
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

26. Data Communication and Computer Networks

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Data Communication and Computer Networks
Course Code ECEg4191
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Computer Networks and Security
Module Number ECEg-M4191
Team Leader
Course Instructor
ECTS 5
Students’ work load 32Lecture hrs. , 32 Tutor hrs, 16 Laboratory hrs and 48 Home study
Contact Days ( time and
room)
Target Group IV Year
Year/Semester IV/I
Prerequisites  ECEg3143 Computer Architectures & Organization

183
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 ECEg3152: Introduction to Communication Systems


Status of the course Core Electrical Engineering
Course Description Model for data communication; protocols and architectures – OSI and
TCP/IP; issues related to data transmission-encoding, multiplexing, error
and flow controls; Local Area networks - technology, components and
topology; Internetworking – with TCP/IP, IP Addressing and Network
Applications; Routing, Switching and WAN technologies
Course Objective  To introduce students to networking concepts, technologies and
terminologies.
 To provide basic computer communication and networking knowledge
and lay the foundations for further courses dealing with different
aspects of networking.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Materials Remarks
Hour
1,2nd 10 hours  Introduction: Chapter 1 [1]

Concept of
Communication,
Communication Model
 Protocols and
Architectures:

Protocol Characteristics,
Implementation of
protocols, OSI-ISO 7 Layer,
TCP/IP

3,4th& 15 hours  Data Encoding & Chapter 2, 3, 4 [1]


5th Transmission:
Digital and Analog Signals,
Transmission Media,
Encoding Techniques,
Transmission
Impairments
 DLC and Multiplexing:
Error Detection and
Control, Flow Control,
Multiplexing
6th& 7th 10 hours  LAN technologies: Chapter 12, 13 [1]
ALOHA, Ethernet,
Ethernet Standards,
Token Ring
 LAN and Its
Components: LAN
Topology,

184
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Repeaters/Hubs,
Bridges/Switches,
Routers
8th& 9th 10 hours  Internetworking: Chapter 4 [2]
Internetworking
concepts – Intranet,
Extranet, Internet,
Internetworking with
TCP/IP- IP Addressing,
Subnetting, Masking,
Network Applications –
Web, Mail, DNS, DHCP
10, 15 hours  Switching and Routing: Chapter 8, 9[1]
11th& Circuit Switching,
Circuit switching
12th application, Packet
Switching - Virtual
Packet Switching,
Datagram Packet
Switching, Packet
Switching application
13,14 15 hours  Routing in Switched Chapter 9 [3]
&15th Networks: Introduction
to Routing, Graph
Theory - Dijkstra
Algorithm, Bellman-
Ford Algorithm,
Routing Protocols –
Distance Vector, Link
State
16th 5 hours WAN technologies: Chapter 9, 10, 11 [1]

ISDN, X.25, Frame Relay,


ATM
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology  Lectures supported by tutorials,
 Assignments, and
 Laboratory exercises.
Assessment Methods  Continuous Assessment=50%
 Final Exam=50%
Course policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
plagiarism will not be tolerated.

185
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to


discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time
for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five
minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class
References [1] William Stallings: Data & Computer Communications
[2] Larry L. Peterson and Bruce S. Davie: Computer Networks,
[3] Rita Puz˘manová: Routing and Switching
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

27 Advanced computer Networks

aXXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Advanced Computer Networks
Course Code ECEg4192
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Computer Networks and Security
Module Number ECEg-M4191
Team Leader
Course

186
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Instructor
ECTS 5
Students’ work load 48 Hrs Lecture , 48 Hrs Lab and 48Hrs Home Study
Contact Days (
time and room)
Target Group IV Year
Year/Semester IV/I
Prerequisites  ECEg4191-Data Communication and Computer Networks
Status of the Core Electrical Engineering
course
Course
This course aims at exploring the various routing
Description protocols and their concepts. It gets to the depth
of the building blocks of the internet; the LAN and
explains the protocol, structure and the systems in
these configurations (the Ethernet, Ring and
Wireless LANS). The course then takes time to
explore one of the recent technologies in computer
networking: - the Multi-Protocol Labe Switching
(MPLS). In this section, a brief introduction to
MPLS will be presented and structural study will be
introduced. The basic difference between
traditional Switching and MPLS shall also be
outlined. Virtual Private Networks are introduced
and two main types of VPNs will be dealt with. The
IPsec and the SSL will be of great concern and
shall be presented vividly. Finally the burning
issue of network security will be studied. Possible
threats and their nature will be studied.
Mechanisms for securing network resources will also
be presented
Course Objective At the end of this course, students will be
able to

 Get familiar with different concepts and


terminologies in computer networking

 Understand different types of routing


protocols and their applications

 Understand the functions at each OSI/TCP IP


model layers in computer networking

 Know how security can be achieved in

187
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

networking

 Know how virtual private networks can be


achieved and securities can be applied to
them

 How Labels can be switched to enhance the


efficiency of routing and switching

 Select an architecture and a protocol than


can be implemented on the given network

 Design a computer network and implement it

Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials


Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Read Remark
Hour ing s
Mate
rial
s
ROUTING PROTOCOLS&CONCEPTS
Routing concepts
Routing Protocols & Algorithms
Exterior routing Protocols
The Border Way Gateway Protocol (BGP)
• Interior Routing Protocols
Routing Information Protocol (RIP)
The Open Path Shortest Path First
Routing Protocol (OSPF)
The Enhanced Interior Gateway Protocol
(EIGP)
• Routing with bridges
Fixed Routing
Spanning Tree Routing (STR)
Frame Forwarding
Address Learning
Loop Resolution
The Spanning Tree Algorithm
LAN TECHNOLOGY & SYSTEMS

188
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Ethernet (CSMA/CD)
Ring LANs
• The Token Ring
Wireless LAN (CSMA/CA)
MULTI-PROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING(MPLS)
The Concepts and Components of MPLS
MPLS Operations
MPLS Protocol Stack Architecture
and Application
VIRTUAL PRIVATE NETWORKS (VPNS)
The Internet Security (IPsec)
Secure Socket Layer (SSL)
NETWORK SECURITY
Network Threats and Attacks
Conventional Encryption and Privacy
• Encryption Algorithms
The Data Encryption Standard
(DES)
• Location of Encryption Devices
Key Distribution
• Message Authentication & Hash
Functions
One way Hash Functions
• Public Key Encryption and Digital
Signatures
RSA Public Key Encryption
Algorithm
• Key Management
Final Exam Date
Teaching  Lectures supported by tutorials,
Methodology  Assignments, and
 Laboratory exercises.
Assessment  Continuous Assessment=50%
Methods  Final Exam=50%
Course policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided

189
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

according to the time table indicated.


 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time
for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five
minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value
in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class
References 1. COMPUTER NETWORKS , A SYSTEMS APPROACH Larry
L. Patterson & Bruce S. Davie
2. COMPUTER NETWORKS, Andrew S. Tanenbaum 4th
edition
3. DATA AND COMPUTER COMMUNICATIONS, William
Stallings
4. COMPUTER NETWORKING: A Top-Down Approach.
Featuring the Internet by James F. Kurose and Keith
W. Ross
5. Any related web content can possibly be
referred
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

28. VLSI Design

XXXX University

XXXX Institute of Technology

Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering

Program Regular

190
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Course Title VLSI Design


Course Code ECEg4201
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Computer System Design and automation
Module Number ECEg-M4201
Team Leader
Course Instructor
ECTS 5
Students’ work load 32 Lec. Hrs, 48 Tut. Hrs, and 48 Home Study Hrs.
Contact Days ( time
and room)
Target Group IV Year
Year/Semester IV/II
Prerequisites ECEg3143- Computer Architectures & Organization
Status of the course Professional Compulsory
Course Description Introduction to VLSI. Programmable ASICs. Hardware Description Languages.
Simulation. Logic Synthesis. Tests. ASIC Construction
Course Objective  To acquaint the student with VLSI concepts
 To enable the student design , simulate and test ASICs
 To acquaint the student with hardware description language
 Be able to use mathematical methods and circuit analysis models in
analysis of CMOS
 Digital electronics circuits, including logic components and their
interconnect.
 Be able to create models of moderately sized CMOS circuits that
realize specified digital functions.
 Be able to use hardware design languages such as VHDL.
 Be able to complete a significant VLSI design project having a set of
objective
 criteria and design constraints

Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials


Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter
Hour
Introduction to VLSI
 Digital systems and VLSI;
 Gate Arrays;
 Standard Cells;

191
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Functional Blocks;
 CMOS Logic
Programmable ASICs
 ASIC Library Design
 Programmable ASIC Logic Cells
 Programmable ASIC I/O Cells
 Programmable ASIC Interconnect;
 Programmable ASIC Design Software
4. Hardware Description Languages
 VHDL;
 Verilog HDL;
 C Based Languages
Simulation
 Logic Simulation and
 Modeling;
 Fault Simulation
Logic Synthesis
 Timing Simulation and Verification;
 Placement and Routing;
 Layout Extraction

Tests
 Design for Testability;
 Test Program Development;
 Prototype Evaluation
ASIC Construction

 Floor planning And Placement;

 Interconnects and Routing


Course policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.

192
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time


for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five
minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value
in your grade
Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class

 Digital Integrated Circuits, Jan M. Rabaey, AnanthaChandrakasan


and BorivojeNikolic

 VLSI Design – System-on-Chip Design, Prentice Hall, 2002, Wayne


References
Wolf

 Principles of CMOS VLSI Design Neil H. E. Weste, et al.

 HDL Chip Design, Donne Publishing, 1996, J. Smith


Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

29. Embedded Systems

XXXX University

XXXX Institute of Technology

Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering

Program Regular
Course Title Embedded Systems

193
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Course Code ECEg4202


Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Computer System Design and automation
Module Number ECEg-M4201
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Students’ workload 32 Lecture hrs, 32 Tutor, 32 Laboratory hrs, 48 home study
Target Group IV Year
Year/Semester IV/II
Prerequisites  ECEg4161-Microcomputer and Interfacing
 ECEg4181-Operating Systems (Co-requisite)
Status of the course Professional Compulsory
Course Description This course is designed to provide students a working knowledge of
Embedded Systems their Design and Programming at an Introduction
level. In this course the fundamentals of embedded systems, hardware
and firmware designs will be explored. Issues such as embedded
microcontrollers, embedded programs, real-time operating systems, low
power computing, interfacing as well as optimization, will be discussed
Course Objective and  The objective of this course is to impart students for a solid
Competency understanding of
 role of embedded systems
 concepts, components both hardware and software of embedded
systems
 design and development processes of embedded systems
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Materials Remarks
Hour

 Introduction
 Why Study Embedded
System, Contrast
between embedded
systems and other
computer systems, role
and purpose of
embedded systems
 Embedded
Microcontrollers
Structure of a basic
computer system, CPU
families used in
microcontrollers, Basic I/O

194
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

devices and technologies,


Interrupts and Memories
 Embedded Programs
Program translation
process, representation of
programs and their
execution flow,
fundamentals of assembly
language and linking,
mapping tasks in
compilation
 Real-time Operating
systems
Context switching
mechanisms, scheduling
policies, message passing
and shared memory
communications, inter-
process communication
 Low-power Computing
Sources of energy
consumption, instruction-
level strategies for power
management, memory
system power
consumption, system-level
power management
 Reliable System Design
 Failures in hardware,
sources of errors from
software, design
verification and its role,
fault-tolerant techniques
 Design Methodologies
and Tools
 Design Methodology,
RTOS Tools, Logic
analyzers, Compilers and
Programming
environments, Software
management Tools

 Networked Embedded
Systems
 Why networked
embedded systems,
examples of networked
embedded systems

195
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Interfacing and Mixed-


signal systems
D/A and A/D
conversions, how to
partition A/D processing
in interfaces
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology  Lectures supported by tutorials,
 Assignments, and
 Laboratory exercises.
Assessment Methods  Continuous Assessment=50%
 Final Exam=50%
Course policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of
students Senate Legislation of our University throughout this
course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments
provided according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on
time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than
five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class
References [1] Arnold S. Berger: Embedded Systems Design
[2]Stuart R. Ball: Embedded Microprocessor Systems: Real World Design
[3]Michael Barr: Programming Embedded Systems in C and C ++,
[4]Qing Li, Caroline Yao: Real-Time Concepts for Embedded Systems
[5]Tammy Noergaard: Embedded Systems Architecture - A
Comprehensive Guide for Engineers and Programmers
[6] Steve Heath: Embedded Systems Design
Approved By:

196
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

30. Industrial Automation and Introduction to Robotics


XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Industrial Automation and Introduction to Robotics
Course Code ECEg4204
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Computer System Design and automation
Module Number ECEg-M4201
Team Leader
Course Instructor
ECTS 5
Contact hour per Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Homestudy
week 32 32 32 48
Target Group V Year
Year/Semester V/II
Prerequisites ECEg3153-Introduction to Control Engineering,
ECE4301 Interfacing
Status of the course Core Electrical Engineering
Course Description  Understand the elements of an industrial robot, mechanisms,
sensors, actuators and end effectors.
 Program robotic manipulators
 Acquaintance with artificial intelligence applications in robotics
 Introduce industrial control circuits and applications of PLCs in
modern industrial control
Course Objective and  To discuss and exemplify algorithm analysis methods
Competency  Module Data Storage and Analysis computation.

197
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials


Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Materials Remarks
Hour
Introduction
 Robot kinematics;
rigid body motion
transformation of
coordinates

 Mechanisms and
Actuators
 Sensors and Detectors
 Position, Velocity,
Acceleration, Force
torque; Touch and
Tactile Sensors;
Proximity and Range
Detectors, Machine
Vision

 Modeling and Control


of Manipulators
 Newton’s equations;
Euler Lagrange
method; motion
control; manipulator
control; trajectory
generation; computer
control

 Robot Applications and


Programming
 Pick and place; spot
and arc welding;
surface coating;
assembly

Review of Industrial Control


Devices and Electronics
Circuit breakers ,timers
,relays,….etc
Basic Ladder Logic and
Control
 Programmable Logic
Controllers and
Applications
 Overview of SCADA

198
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

and DCS

Final Exam Date


Teaching  Lectures supported by tutorials,
Methodology  Assignments, and
 Laboratory exercises.
Assessment Methods  Continuous Assessment=50%.
 Final Exam =50%
Course policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of
students Senate Legislation of our University throughout this
course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments
provided according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on
time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than
five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class
References [1] J. J. Craig, Introduction to robotics
[2] Principles of Robot Motion: Theory, Algorithms, and
Implementations, by HowieChosetand others. MIT Press 2004.
[3] Thomas R. KurfessRobotics and automation
[4] P.J. McKerrow, Addison-Wesley, 1991: Introduction to Robotics.
Sciavicco, L., and Siciliano, B., Springer-Verlag Advanced Textbooks in
Control and Signal Processing Series, London, UK, 2000: Modeling
and Control of Robot Manipulators, 2nd Ed.
[5]Canudas de Wit, Siciliano and Bastin, Springer-Verlag London
Limited, 1996: Theory of Robot Control.
[6]Asada, H. and Slotine, J.-J. E., J. Wiley and Sons, 1986: Robot
Analysis and Control.

199
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

31. Applied Electronics I

XXXX University
XXXX of Engineering & Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Applied Electronics I

Course Code ECEg 2111


Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Applied Electronics
Module Number ECEg-M2111
Team Leader
Course Instructor
ECTS 5
Contact hour per week 2 Lecture hrs. , 3 Tutors
Contact Days ( time and
room)
Target Group II Year
Year/Semester II/I
Prerequisites ECEg 1091: Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering
ECEg 2112: Electrical Engineering Lab II(Co-requisite)

200
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Status of the course Professional Compulsory


Course Description Basic Semiconductor Theory; Semiconductor diodes and their
applications; BJT; FET; Amplifier Frequency Response; Multistage
Amplifiers; Power Amplifiers; Tuned Amplifiers
Course Objective  To discuss basic concepts of electronic circuits with the aid of
characteristic curves

 To introduce sample applications and design guidelines of electronic


circuits

week Contact hour contents


1. Basic semiconductor theory
 Charge carriers in solids
 semiconductor
 energy level
 modification of carrier densities
 the pn junction
2. semiconductor diodes and their application
 ideal diode
 terminal characteristics of diode
 physical operation of diodes
 application of diodes
 special diodes types
3. Bipolar junction transistors(BJTs )
 Introduction
 Device structure and physical operation
 Current voltage charactersitcs
 BJT circuits at DC
 Biasing in BJT circuit amplifiers
 Small signal modes and operation
 Single stage BJT amplifiers
 The BJT capacitance and high frequency model
4. BJT small signal Amplifiers
 CE BJT amplifiers
 CB BJT amplifiers
 CC BJT amplifiers

201
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 BJT amplifiers frequency response


5. Field effect transistors (FETs)
 introduction
 junction field effect transistor
 static characteristics of FETs
 biasing of FET circuits
 small signal model of FET
 common source JFET amplifier
 depletion MOSFET or IGFET
 Enhancement only MOSFET
 Dual stage MOSFET
 P-channel and N-channel MOSFET
 Common source FET amplifier
 Common drain FET amplifier
 Common gate FET amplifier
 Frequency response of common source FET
amplifier
6. Multistage amplifiers

 Introduction

 Different cascading of amplifiers,

 Types of cascaded amplifiers

 Analysis of cascaded amplifiers

 Direct coupled amplifiers

7. Power amplifiers & Tuned Amplifiers

 Introduction

 Class A power amplifiers

 Class B power amplifiers

 Amplifier distortion

202
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Power transistor heat sinking

 Class C and class D amplifiers

 Tuned amplifiers

Final Exam Date


References 1. Theodore F. Bogart, Electronic Devices and Circuits
2. Malvino, Electronic Principles
3. Robert Boylestad, Louis Nashelsky: Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory
4. S. Sedra & C. Smith, Microelectronic Circuits
5. jacob millman micro electronics digital and analog circuit system
6. sanjeev gupta, electronic circuit and device
Teaching and Learning  Lectures supported by Quizzes, assignments, term papers
Methods
Summary of Course Continuous assessments……….............................50%
Assessments Final Exam………………..………………………………................50%

Course Policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80% of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for
class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value
in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

203
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

32.Electrical Engineering Lab II

XXXUniversity
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Electrical Engineering Lab II
Course Code ECE2112
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Applied Electronics
Module Number NN
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 3
Contact hour per 3 Laboratory hrs
week
Contact Days ( time NN
and room)
Target Group II year
Year/Semester II/I
Prerequisites ECEg1092: Electrical Engineering Lab I;
ECEg 2111: Applied Electronics I (Co-requisite)
Status of the course Professional Compulsory
Course Description
This course introduces the student to the basic Measurements on
Characteristics of Electronic Devices and Circuits; Semiconductor Diode
Characteristics; Rectification and Filtering; Bipolar Junction Transistor
Characteristics, Transistor Biasing & Operating Point Stability; Transistor
Amplifier; Frequency Response; Multistage Amplifier; Power amplifier; Tuned
amplifier

Course Objective and  To acquaintance with characteristics of various active devices, Amplifiers, to
find frequency response and calculation of ripple etc

204
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Competency

Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials


Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
1. Basic Measurements on Characteristics of
Electronic Devices and Circuits;
2. Semiconductor Diode Characteristics;
Rectification and Filtering;
3. Bipolar Junction Transistor
Characteristics,
4. Transistor Biasing & Operating Point
Stability;
5. Transistor Amplifier
6. Frequency Response; Multistage
Amplifier; Power amplifier; Tuned
amplifier
Final Exam Date
Teaching  Lab exercise
Methodology
Assessment Methods  Continuous assessments(Lab report, quizzes, lab exercises, Laboratory
activities) 70 %
 Final Examination 30%.
Course Policies All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students throughout
this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will not
be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to discussions.
Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided according
to the time table indicated.
 100% of class attendance is mandatory!
References  Prepared Laboratory Manual For Electrical Engineering Lab II
Approved By:

205
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

33. Applied Electronics II


xxx University
xxx Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Applied Electronics II
Course Code ECEg 2113
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Applied Electronics
Module Number ECEg-M2111
Team Leader
Course Instructor
ECTS 5
Contact hour per week 32 Lecture hrs. , 48 Tutors
Contact Days ( time
and room)
Target Group II Year
Year/Semester II/II
Prerequisites Prerequisites:
ECEg 2101: Applied Electronics I
ECE 2104: Electrical Engineering Lab III (Co-requisite)
Status of the course Professional Compulsory

206
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Course Description Discussing advanced electronics circuits, application of amplifiers,


feedback circuits, multi vibrators and wave shaping circuits
Course Objective  To discuss advanced electronic circuits and their application.

 To understand concepts of amplifiers and wave shaping of


Electronic circuits with the aid of characteristic curves.

 To explain the overview of power semiconductor devices and


converters.

 To explain the applications of electronic circuits.

week Contact hour Contents

 Feedback amplifiers

 Introduction to feedback systems.


 Basic feedback concept(negative and positive
feedback systems)
 Sensitivity
 Loop gain and stability of feedback circuits
 Feedback topologies
 Differential amplifiers

 Introduction
 A small review on BJT amplifiers
 Basic operation of differential amplifiers
 Small signal analysis of differential
amplifiers
 Ways of improving voltage and common
mode rejection ratio
 Operational amplifiers

 Introduction
 Characteristics and operation of Op-Amp
 The ideal Op-Amp circuit analysis
 Inverting, non- inverting and voltage

207
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

follower op amps
 Open loop and closed loop voltage gains in
Op-Amp
 Op-Amp performance parameters
 Application of Op-Amps in linear circuits
 Application of Op-Amp in non-linear
circuits
 Oscillators

 Oscillator Operation
 Phase-Shift Oscillator
 Wien Bridge Oscillator
 Tuned Oscillator Circuit
 Crystal Oscillator
 Unijunction Oscillator
 Multivibrators –

 Introduction to multivibrators,

 Operation of mono-stable multivibrators,

 Bi-stable multivibrators,

 Astable multivibrators,

 Schmitt trigger, communicating capacitors.

 Wave shaping Circuits

 Introduction

 Low pass RC circuits and their operation

 High pass RC circuits and their operation

 RL low pass & high pass circuits

 RLC series and parallel circuits

208
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Analog integrated circuits and their applications

 Introduction to Digital Electronics

 Realization of logic gates using FETs

 Design of simple digital systems

 Introduction to IC Fabrication

References Text Books


Microelectronics: Circuit Analysis and Design, 4th edition by Donald
A. Neamen
Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, by Robert Boylestad
References:
1. Theodore F. Bogart, Electronic Devices and Circuits
2. Malvino, Electronic Principles
3. Robert Boylestad, Louis Nashelsky: Electronic Devices and Circuit
Theory
4. S. Sedra & C. Smith, Microelectronic Circuits
Teaching and  Lectures supported by tutorials, presentations
Learning Methods
Summary of Continuous assessments……….............................50%
Course Final

Assessments Exam………………..………………………………................50%

Course Policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided

209
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

according to the time table indicated.


 80% of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time
for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five
minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

34 Electrical Engineering Lab III

xxxxx University
xxxx Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Electrical Engineering Lab III
Course Code ECEg2114
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Applied Electronics
Module Number NN
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN

210
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

ECTS 3
Contact hour per week 3 Laboratory hrs
Contact Days ( time and NN
room)
Target Group II year
Year/Semester II/II
Prerequisites ECEg 2112: Electrical Engineering Lab II;
ECEg 2113: Applied Electronics II(Co-requisite)
Status of the course Professional Compulsory
Course Description This course introduces the student to the Amplifier; Differential
amplifier; Operational amplifier; Oscillators; Basic digital circuits
Schmitt trigger, multi-vibrators, timers, switching circuits
Course Objective and  Conduct experiments on Op-amps, oscillators & timing circuits
Competency
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
1. Differential Amplifier
2. Measurement of op-amp parameter

3. Op-amp application I

4. Op-amp application II
5. Precision Rectifier
6. Analysis and design of Schmitt triggers
using op-amp
7. RC phase shift and Wein’s bridge
oscillator
8. Active Filter
9. Astable Multivibrator using op-amp
10. Design of astable multivibrator using IC-
555 Timer
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology  Lab exercise
Assessment Methods  Continuous Assessments (Laboratory activities, lab exercises,
lab reports, quizzes)………………………………………………… 70%
 Final Examination………………………………………………………30%.
Course Policies All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
throughout this course.

211
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and


plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 100% of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time
for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five
minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References  Prepared Laboratory Manual For Electrical Engineering Lab III
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

35 Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering

xxxxxUniversity
xxxx Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular

212
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Course Title Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering


Course Code ECEg 1071
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Basics of Electrical Engineering

Module Code ECEg-M1071


Module Number 07
Team Leader
Course Instructor
ECTS 6
Students’ work load 48 Lec.Hrs, 48 Tut. Hrs, 64 home study
Contact Days ( time
and room)
Target Group I Year
Year/Semester I/II
Prerequisites Math 1021: Applied Mathematics I
Status of the course Compulsory
Course Description Electrical charge, voltage, current, power, electromagnetism, voltage
sources, current sources, Resistor, Capacitor, Inductor, Ohm’s law,
Kirchhoff’s law, Nodal analysis, Loop analysis, Source transformation,
Linearity and superposition, Thevenin’s and Norton’s theorems,
Mathematical development of response of first order transient circuits
equation, Analysis techniques, Pulse response, Mathematical development
of response of second order transient circuits equation and network
response, Electromagnetism, Single phase AC circuit analysis, Poly
phase circuits and Resonance.
Course Objective and  Understand circuit variables, parameters and the basic
Competency electromagnetic phenomenon.

 Understand and apply the fundamental and derived circuit laws


and theorems to the analysis of DC circuits.

 Understand the basic electromagnetic phenomenon, circuit


variables and parameters.
 Understand and apply the fundamental and derived circuit laws
and theorems to the analysis of steady state single phase and poly
phase ac circuits.
 Be familiar with some simulation software for different circuits

213
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials


Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Materials
Hour
1. Basics of circuit theory
Electrical charge, voltage, current and
Power, Review of electromagnetism
2. Introduction to circuit elements
Voltage source, Current source
Resistor, Capacitor and Inductor
3. Circuit laws and analysis techniques
Ohm’s law, Kirchhoff’s law, Nodal
Analysis, Loop analysis, Source
Transformation, Linearity and
Superposition, Thevenin’s and
Norton’s theorems, Maximum power
transfer
4. Response of first order transient circuit

Introduction, Mathematical
development of response equation

Analysis techniques, Pulse response

5. Response of second order transient


circuits

Mathematical development of response

Equation, network response

6. Electromagnetism
Electromagnetic circuits
Magnetically coupled circuits

7. Single phase AC circuit analysis

Introduction

Frequency response

Analysis methods of single phase

214
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

AC circuits

Power analysis of AC circuits

8. Poly phase circuits

Introduction to Poly phase circuits


Star-delta connections
Voltage, current and power in balanced
system
Power in unbalanced system

9. Resonance

Introduction to resonant circuits


Series resonant circuit
Parallel resonant circuit

10. Circuit analysis using


software(optional)

Final Exam Date


Teaching  Lectures supported by tutorials
Methodology
Assessment  Continuous assessments( quizzes, assignments, exercises)
Methods ………………………………………................................50%
 Final Exam………………..………………………..50%

Course Policies All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80% of class attendance is mandatory!.

215
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

References [1] Fundamentals of electric circuits, A. Sadiku


[2] Basic engineering circuit analysis, J. David Irwin, 5th or 7th Ed.
[3] Introductory circuit Analysis, Boylestad, 8th or 9th Ed.
[4] Fundamentals of electrical engineering, Leonard S. Bobrow, 2nd Ed.
[5] Electric circuit fundamentals, Thomas L. Floyed, 4th Ed.
[6] Basic Engineering circuit analysis, R.C. Dorf
[7] Engineering Circuit Analysis, by H. Hyte & J.E. Kemmerly

Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

37 Electrical Engineering Lab I

Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering


xxx Institute of Technology
xxx University
Course Number ECEg1072
Course Title Electrical Engineering Lab I
Degree Program Bachelor of Science in “Electrical Engineering (Focus
Area)”,
Module Basic Electrical Engineering
Module Coordinator N.N.
Lecturer N.N.
ECTS Credits 3
Contact Hours (per week) 3
Status of the course Professional Compulsory
Semester II
Pre-requisites Co requisite Courses:
ECEg 1071: Fundamentals of Electrical
Engineering
Course Objectives & Competences to be Acquired  To learn practical Basic Electric circuit
 To identify basic Measurement Error.
 To learn how to use various DC,AC meters,
 How to construct a circuit and how to measure

216
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

AC, DC voltage & current and Oscilloscope.


 Also to conduct tests on bridges & transient
circuits.
This course aims at exploring various laboratory
exercises for practical measurements. Safety rules
and laboratory report preparation will be
discussed. It introduces basic measuring
instruments. The course also discussed how
resistors value represented by colors.
Measurement of different parameters (such as
resistance, current and voltage) will be
Course Description
studied.Theories of circuit analysis methods tested
practically. Function of oscilloscopes and how
students use oscilloscope to measure ac voltages
will be introduced. The course looks at
experimental analysis of RC,RL, and RLC circuits.
Finally power measurement and power factor
improvement shall be presented clearly.

Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials


No. Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Remark
Hour
Experiment Zero :( Safety rules and procedures in
laboratory
Experiment One: Introduction to basic measuring
instruments
Experiment Two: Experimental error and color coding

Experiment Three: Resistor Networks

Experiment Four: Voltage reading using Voltmeter

Experiment Five: Current reading using Ammeter

Experiment six: Voltmeter design

Experiment seven: Ammeter Design

Experiment eight: Thevenin’s Theorem

Experiment nine: DC Bridges

Experiment ten: Oscilloscope and its operation

217
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Teaching & Learning Methods Laboratory exercises.


Assessment/Evaluation & Grading System Continuous Assessments(Lab Reports,
Participation and Exercise, practical
quizzes)……………………………….70%
Final Exam …………………………..30%
Course policy  100% attendance required
Literature Lab Manual
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

38 Electrical Workshop I

xxxxxUniversity
xxxxxx Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Electrical Workshop I

218
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Course Code ECEg2073


Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Basic Electrical Engineering
Module Number NN
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 3
Contact hour per 3 Laboratory hrs
week
Contact Days ( time NN
and room)
Target Group II year
Year/Semester II/I
Prerequisites None
Status of the course Professional Compulsory
Course Description
This course introduces the student to the General Safety of Common types of
Electrical Hand Tools; different methods of Splicing, Joining, Termination and
Soldering; Wiring materials and accessories, Electrical wiring circuits,
starting methods of ac motors, Reversal of direction of motor rotation, and
Industrial installation.

Course Objective  To acquaint the students with the various electrical materials and
devices used in electrical installation.
 To give students practical wiring skills on lightening, power and
signaling circuits
 To enable students to have practical exposure to working
environment in electrical technology.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
1. General Safety
1.1 Proper storage

1.2 Proper Usage

1.3 Safety Signs and Instructions

2.Common types of Electrical Hand Tools

219
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

3. Splicing and Joining

3.1 Definition of splicing

3.2 Advantage s of proper splicing

3.3 Types of splices

3.4 Joining wires with


connector tubes

4.Termination

4.1 Definition of termination

4.2 Types of termination

4.2.1 Ring-end termination

4.2.2 Stub-end termination

4.2.3 Lug-end termination

5. Soldering

5.1 Definition of Soldering

5.2 Soldering Materials

5.2.1 Solder

5.2.2 Flux

5.2.3 Soldering Iron

5.2.4 Heating Coil Soldering iron

5.2.5 Electric arc Soldering iron

5.3 Blow torch

5.4 Insulating electrical connection


6. Wiring materials and accessories

6.1. Wire and cable, conductor


materials used in cables, insulating
materials

6.2. Types of cables used in internal


wiring, conduits, accessories and fittings,
220
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

lightening accessories and fittings

6.3. Protection device: fuses, circuit


breakers and their types

7 .Electrical wiring circuits


7.1. Systems wiring
7.2. Methods of wiring lighting
circuits
7.3. Internal electrical installation
7.3.1. Residential installation
 Series Circuit, Parallel
Circuit

 Control of lamps from


single location using
different types of
switch

 control of from
different places using
different types of
switch

 Lamps controlled
using one way switch
to which one earthed
single phase socket
outlet is closely
attached

 Bell Circuit

 Annunciator Circuit
24 hours 8. Industrial installation
8.1. Principle of contactor and motor
control mechanisms.
8.2. Power and control circuits of
industrial wiring and devices used in these
circuits.
8.3. Starting of ac motors
 DOL starting
 Star delta starting
 Autotransformer starting
 Reduced voltage starting
 Resistance starting

221
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

8.4. Reversal of direction of motor


rotation.
 Using contactor interlocking
(interchanging phase
terminals)
Using push button interlocking
Final Exam Date
Teaching  Laboratory exercises
Methodology
Assessment Methods  Continuous assessments(practical tests, reports, assignments)…….70%
 Final Examination …………………………………………………………………….30%.
Course Policies All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students throughout
this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to discussions.
Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 100% of class attendance is mandatory!
References [1] Prepared Laboratory Manual For Workshop I
[2] Any Residential and Industrial Installation Books
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

222
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

39 Introduction to Computing

xxxx University
xxxx Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Introduction to Computing
Course Code ECEg2033
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Basic Engineering Skills
Module Number 03
Team Leader N.N
Course Instructor N.N
ECTS 5
Contact hour per 2 Lecture hrs. , 0 Tutor and 3 Laboratory hrs
week
Contact Days ( time
and room)
Target Group II Year
Year/Semester II/I

223
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Prerequisites None
Status of the course Professional Compulsory
Course Description This course covers the following topics: Programming
Fundamentals; A brief over view of basics of computers. Students
will be introduced to the Programming world in C++; the basic
syntaxes and rules and concepts of C++ programming; Functions,
arrays and pointers; simple text file processing, input and output;
Introduction to the more advanced programming concept, Object
Oriented Programming.

Course Objective
After successfully completed this course, the student should be able to :

 Identify Major components of computer system


 Know the representation of information in computers
 Draw flow chart for simple programming problems
 Write a program using C++ for looping and conditional problems
 Write a program by decomposing a problem using functions
 Use arrays and structures as a user defined data types
 Use pointers to dynamically allocate memory
 Do simple input and output on text
 Appreciate the advantage of Object Oriented Programming over the
Procedural Programming
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Materials
Hour
Fundamentals of Computers
 Introduction
 Evolution
 Computer Architecture Basics
 Hardware and Software
 Representation of numbers in computer
 Binary arithmetic
Fundamental of C++Programming
 basics of programming
 algorithm and flow chart
 basics of C++
 variables and assignment
 declaration and initialization
 input /output
Arrays and Structures
 one dimensional array
 multidimensional array
 Accessing structure members
 Passing structures to functions
 Assigning structures

224
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Pointers
 Pointer declaration
 Pointer operation
 Pointers and arrays
 Calling a function by reference
File Input and Output
 Creating a file
 Opening and Closing a file
 Reading and writing text files

Introduction to Object Oriented Programming


(OOP)
 Introduction
 Procedure Oriented Vs Object Oriented
 Features of OOP-reusability, extensibility
 Over view of Classes and Objects

Teaching  Lectures supported class exercises,


Methodology  Assignments, and
 Laboratory exercises.
Assessment  Continuous Assessment ( Quiz ,Laboratory work, Project
Methods work, class activity) 60%,
 Final Examination 40%.
Course Policies All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments
provided according to the time table indicated.
 80% of class attendance and 100% Lab attendance is
mandatory!

References [1] Absolute C++, 4th Ed,Walt Savitch,Addison Wesley,2009

[2] C++ From The Ground Up, Herbert Schildt

[3]Programming in C++, Timothy B.D orazio

[4]How to program in C++, Deitel and PJ.Deitel

225
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

[5]Any Programming book in C++

Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

40Electrical materials and Technology

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Electrical materials and Technology
Course Code ECEg3133
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Electromagnetism and Electrical Materials
Module Number 09
Team Leader N.N
Course Instructor N.N

226
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

ECTS 5
Contact hour per week 32 Lec. Hrs, 48 Tut. Hrs, and 60 Home Study Hrs.)
Contact Days ( time and
room)
Target Group III Year
Year/Semester III/I

Prerequisites ECEg 2113፡ Applied Electronics II


ECEg 2091: Applied Modern Physics
Status of the course Professional Compulsory
Course Description Discussing fundamental atomic models, the property of conducting
materials, and dealing with application and manufacturing of electronics
material.
Course Objective s  To review fundamentals of atomic theory; elementary quantum mechanics
the role of electrons in determining the macroscopic electrical behavior of
engineering materials.
 To understand the physical properties of conductors, superconductors,
semiconductor, dielectric and magnetic materials.
 To develop quantitative descriptions of the physical properties.
 To understand application and manufacturing processes of electrical and
electronic materials
Wee Contact Hours Conceptual Focus
k
1.Review of atomic theory of matter
 Atomic models
 Quantization of electron energy
 Schrödinger equation

 Atomic bonding

 Energy band diagram

2. Conducting materials
 Introduction
 Conduction in conductor materials
 Equation of motion of an electron
 Drudel model

227
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Fermi-Dirac distribution function and


the Fermi energy of metals
 Influence of frequency on conductivity
 Factors influencing resistively of
conductor materials
 Thermal conductivity of conductors
 Classification and application
3. Superconductivity
 theory of superconductivity
 Meissner effect
 Classification of superconductor
materials
 London equation
 Application of super conductor
4. Semi-conducting materials
 Energy band diagrams
 Intrinsic semiconductors
 Extrinsic semiconductors
 Fermi-Dirac distribution and the
concentration of charge carriers
 Drift and diffusion current,
 P-N Junction
 Hall-Effect
 Manufacturing process of
semiconductors

228
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

5.Dielectric Materials
 Field Relations,

 Polarization and mechanisms of


polarization in dielectrics,

 Lorentz field, Properties of dielectric


materials

 Complex permittivity

 Influence of frequency on permittivity

 Mechanisms of electrical breakdown of


dielectric materials

 Ferro electricity

 Classification and applications


6.Magnetic materials
 Macroscopic characterization of magnetic
materials

 Magnetic dipole moment

 Types of magnetism

 Spontaneous magnetization and the Curie


Weiss law

 Domain movement in external magnetic


field

 Magnetic losses, Complex permeability

 Hard and soft magnetic materials

 Ferromagnetic materials

 manufacturing of magnetic materials

Final Exam date


References Text Books
Allison: Electrical engineering materials

229
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

References:
1. Dekker: Electrical engineering materials and devices

2. Solymar: Lectures on the electrical properties of materials

3. Lovell, Avery, Vernon: Physical properties of materials

4. Pasco: Properties of materials for electrical engineers


5. Stern: Fundamentals of integrated circuits
Teaching and Lectures supported by tutorials
Learning Methods
Summary of Course  Continuous assessment ...................50%
Assessments  Final Exam………………..……………………………50%
Course Policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of the University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80% of class attendance is mandatory!
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

230
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

41. Applied Modern Physics

XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Applied Modern Physics
Course Code ECEg2091
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Applied Modern Physics

Module Number 09
Team Leader
Course Instructor
ECTS 5
Students’ work load 48 Lec.Hrs, 48 Tut. Hrs, and 80 Home Study Hrs
Contact Days ( time
and room)
Target Group II
Year/Semester II/I
Prerequisites Math2023 Co-requisite
Status of the course Professional Compulsory
Course Description This course introduces the students with the Comparison of Classical
and Modern Physics; The Special Theory of Relativity; Electron
Emission; The Dual Properties of Particles; Introduction to Quantum
Mechanics; Introduction to Solid State Physics.
Course Objective
 -Have the necessary background for understanding of modern Physics
 -Compare classical Physics and Modern Physics
 -Understand and apply Special Theory of Relativity
 -Understand Dual Properties of Particles.

Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials

231
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Materials Remarks


Hour
Relativity Special relativity
,Time dilation, Doppler effect,
Length contraction,
Electricity and Magnetism,
Relativistic momentum, Mass
and Energy, Energy and
momentum ,average case
analysis, time and space
tradeoffs
Particle properties of
waves: Electromagnetic
waves, Black body radiation,
Photoelectric effect ,X-ray
diffraction, Compton effect
,Pair production
Wave properties of
particles: De Broglie waves
,Describing a wave, Phase
and group velocities, Particle
diffraction, Particle in a box,
Un certainty principle I, Un
certainty principle II
Atomic structure: The
nuclear atom, Electron orbits,
Atomic spectra, The Bohr
atom, Energy levels and
spectra, Atomic excitation,
The laser.
Quantum mechanics:
Quantum mechanics, The
wave equation, Schrödinger’s
equation steady state form,
Schrödinger’s equation time
dependent form, Particle in a
box, Harmonic oscillator

232
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Quantum theory of the


hydrogen atom:
Schrödinger’s equation for
the hydrogen atom, Quantum
numbers, Electron probability
density, Zeeman effect

Teaching  Lectures supported by tutorials,


Methodology

Assessment Methods  Continuous Assessment(Assignments, Quiz, Class activities,)-50%


 Final Examination 50%.
Course Policies All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments
provided according to the time table indicated.
 80% of class attendance is mandatory!

References [1] J. W. Rohlf , Modern Physics: from alpha to Z (John Wiley and Sons,
Inc., New York)
[2] Arthur Beiser, Concepts of Modern Physics, McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc.
[3] Ronald Gautreau, William Savin, Modern Physics (Schaum's Outline
Series) (McGraw-Hill, New York ) P.A. Tipler, R.A. Liewellyn, Modern
Physics, W.H. Freeman and Company
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

233
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

42. Course Guide Book for Introduction to Electrical Machines


Xxx University
xxx Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Introduction to Electrical Machines
Course code ECEg3131
Degree Program B.Sc.in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Basic Electrical Machines
Module Number 13
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS Credits 6
Contact Hours (per 7
week)
Contact day ( time and
room)
Target group III Year
Year /Semester III/I
Prerequisite ECEg2092: Electromagnetic Fields
Status of the course Compulsory
Course Description Magnetics; Transformers; 3-Phase Induction Machines ; D.C Machines; Synchronous
Machines
Course Objectives  To understand basic concepts of electromagnetic circuits as they relate to voltages,
currents, and physical forces induced in conductors.
 To understand and gain insight into principles of operation & construction of
transformer, induction machines, D.C. machines, and synchronous machines.
 To learn and understand analytical models for transformers and electrical rotating
machines.
 To use models to analyze power requirements, power capability, efficiency and
operating characteristics.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
week Contact Hour Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Materials
1. Magnetics: Field properties, materials,
saturation & hysteresis, magnetic circuits,
iron loses, Production of an EMF, Production
of electromagnetic force-torque.
2. Transformers: Principle of action,
construction, ideal & practical models, 3-
phase transformers connections.
3. 3-Phase Induction Machines: Revolving
field, construction, synchronous speed &
slip, parameter measurement.
4. D.C Machines: Construction, armature
reaction, commutation, Characteristics of

234
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

D.C generator,
5. Synchronous Machines: Construction,
equivalent circuit, parameter testing,

Final Exam date


Teaching & Learning Methods Lectures, tutorials, and laboratory exercises.
Assessment Methods Continuous Assessment (50%), Final examination (50%)
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
plagiarism will not be tolerated.
Course Policies  Students are required to submit and present the assignments
provided according to the time table indicated.
 80% of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on
time for class. Students will not allow entering if late more than
five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
Literature References:
1. J. Hindmarsh: Electrical Machines and their Applications
2. Kosow: Electric Machinery and Control, Prentice-Hall
3. Siskind: Electrical Machines, McGraw-Hill
4. Chapman: Electric Machinery Fundamentals, McGraw-Hill
5. Fitzgerald, C. Kingsley, & S. D. Umans: Electric Machinery
6. M.G. Say: Alternating Current Machines
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

43. Course Guide Book for Electrical Engineering Lab IV


xxx University
xxx Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Electrical Engineering Lab IV

235
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Course Code ECEg3132


Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Basic Electrical Machines
Module Number 13
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 3
Contact hour per week 3
Contact Days ( time
and room)
Target Group III Year
Year/Semester III/I
Prerequisites ECEg3131:Introduction to Electrical Machines (co-requisite)
Status of the course Compulsory
Magnetization curve & Hysteresis loop; Single phase transformer Test Parallel
operation of single phase transformer; Three phase transformer Test; Starting methods
Course Description of Induction motor; Testing of three Phase Induction motor; Speed control of Induction
motor; Characteristics of separately excited dc generator; Characteristics & Voltage
Build up process of a Shunt Generator; Tests on three phase synchronous motor
 Measure and obtain equivalent circuit of electrical machines
Course Objectives  Perform no load and full load tests on transformers and induction motor
 Be able to measure speed versus torque characteristics
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Contact Reading
Week Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Remarks
Hour Materials
1. Magnetization curve & Hysteresis loop: Properties of
permanent magnet, Magnetic saturation curve, Hysteresis,
loop and iron losses
2. Single phase transformer Test : No-load Test (open circuit),
Short Circuit Test, Full load Test, Voltage Regulation,
Efficiency
3. Parallel operation of single phase transformer
4. Three phase transformer Test: Star-Star(Y-Y) Connection,
Delta-Delta (Δ - Δ) Connections, Star-Delta(Y-Δ)
Connection, Delta-Star (Δ - Y) Connection, Short circuit test,
Full Load Test

236
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

5. Starting methods of Induction motor: Direct on line starting


method, Starting at reduced voltage method
6. Testing of three Phase Induction motor: No- Load test, Block
rotor test , Full load Test, Dc resistance measurement
7. Speed control of Induction motor: Rotor resistance
control,Voltage control Pole changing, method, Frequency
control
8. Characteristics of separately excited dc generator : Open
circuit characteristics (magnetization curve)
9. Characteristics& Voltage Build up process of a Shunt
Generator: The O.C.C. of a shunt generator,External
Characteristics and InternalCharacteristics, Voltage Build
up process
10.Tests on three phase synchronous motor: Method of
starting synchronousmotor , via prime mover, Asynchronous
starting(as induction motor), Frequencystarting
,Performance characteristics of synchronousmotor
Final Exam Date
Teaching
Laboratory exercises
Methodology
Assessment
Continuous Assessment (50%, Final Exam (50%)
Methods
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students throughout this
course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will not be
tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to discussions.
Students will be active participants in the course.
Course Policies  You are required to submit and present lab reports and projects according to
the time table indicated.
 100% attendance is mandatory! Students should be on time for lab session.
Students are not allowed you enter if they are late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in your
grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
[1] Laboratory manual for electrical machine one
References
[2].Introduction to Electrical machines” by Girma M ullisa

237
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

[3].Electrical machines” by M.kostenko,L.piotrovsky.


[4].Laboratory exercise on Electrical machine” by Assefa G/ssie (1987)
[5] Alternating cuurent machines” by M.G.say.
[6]Introduction to Electrical machines” by A.R.Daniel.

Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

44.Course Guide Book for Electrical Workshop Practice II


xxx University
xxx Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Electrical Workshop Practice II
Course Number ECEg3133
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Basic Electrical Machines
Module Number 13
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS Credits 4
Contact Hours (per week) 6
Contact Days( time and
room)
Target Group III year
Year / Semester III/II
Pre requisites ECEg2073: Electrical workshop practice I
Status of the course Compulsory
Repair of electrical apparatus coil; Design and winding of small power transformers; Induction
Course Description motor winding(squirrel cage type); Wiring of relay circuits; Computer maintenance
 To enable students to understand the construction and control of basic electrical
Course Objectives machines.
 To gain skills on basic computer maintenance
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Wee Contac Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading

238
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

k t Hour Materials
1. Repair of electrical apparatus coil: Concepts of apparatus coil and their purpose; Design
of former (press board) and apparatus coil; Winding of the apparatus coil using winding
machine; Testing of the repaired apparatus coil using appropriate meters.
2. Design and winding of small power transformers: Transformer definition purpose,
properties and type;. Necessary parameters need to be considered during transformer
design; Design of sheet pack, winding coil and winding assembly of transformer; Winding
of coils (primary & secondary) using winding machine; Testing of the rewind transformer
using different testing mechanisms to check its efficiency.
3. Induction motor winding (squirrel cage type): Induction motor definition, types and their
characteristics; Three phase induction motor winding types and arrangement; Design of
three phase induction motor winding types (concentric, mush, chain types); Winding of coils
using manual winding machine; Assembly of the winding to the stator of the motor and
finally performing all necessary tests that are done by maintenance personnel.
4. Wiring of relay circuits: Relays definition, relay circuits characteristics and their
application, timer’s definition and their characteristics; Controlling of induction motors using
relays and timer circuits; Preparing relay circuit wiring diagram and implementing
practically to control the motor; controlling of motor forward reverse rotation using push
buttons interlocking with relays and contactor interlocking; Automatic reversing of direction
of motor using timers.
5. Computer maintenance: Introduction to PC and its basic components; Electrical precautions
that need to be considered during troubleshooting; Features and properties of hard ware
components of PC; Features and operation of PC system unit (case), motherboard, CPU,
and parts of the system unit.
Final Exam Date
Teaching Workshop Practice, group discussion through projects
Methodology
Assessment Continuous Assessment (50%), Final Exam (50%)
Methods
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students throughout this
course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will not be
tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to discussions.
Students will be active participants in the course.
Course
 Students are required to submit and present the assignments provided
Policies
according to the time table indicated.
 100% of class attendance is mandatory! Every student should be on time for
the session. Students are not allowed to enter if they are late more than five
minutes.
 Active participation in the lab is essential.
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the lab.
Literature Textbook :
1. Electrical workshop practice II laboratory manual prepared by the department.
References:
1. Hand book of Electrical motor control systems. U.S. Eswar.Tata McGraw-Hill.1990

239
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

2. Basic shop practical in electrical engineering. Hans. DhanpatRai& Co. (PVT.) Ltd1999
3. Induction motors-protection and starting. Viv Cohen. Johannesburg 2000, South Africa.
4. Industrial electrical trouble shooting; Lynn Lundquist.

Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

45.Course Guide Book for Modern Control systems


xxx University
xxx Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Modern Control systems
Course Code ECEg4321
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Modern Control systems
Module Number 21
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Contact hour per week 5
Contact Days ( time and
room)
Target Group IV Year
Year/Semester IV/I
Prerequisites ECEg3153: Introduction to Control Systems
Status of the course Compulsory
Course Description Mathematical modeling of control systems, Coordinate transformation and
solution to state equations, Stability, Controllability, Observability of control
systems, Control systems design in state space, Continuous and discrete systems,

240
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Introduction to non-linear control systems and optimum control Systems.


Course Objective  To get an insight in control systems problems, design, and implementation.
 To understand and develop mathematical models of common control systems.
 Be able to analyze linear continuous and discrete control systems both in time and
frequency domains.
 Be able to design and synthesize controllers in classical control methods.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Contact Reading Remark
Week Topic/Subtopic/Chapter
Hour Materials s
1. Introduction to State Space Analysis: The State Concept; State
Space Representation of Linear (Continuous) Systems; System
Response from State Space Representation; Computation of the
State Transition Matrix
2. Discrete Data Control Systems: Introduction to Discrete Systems;
Sampling Theorem and Effects on Control Systems; The Z-
Transform; Discrete Data System (DDS) Analysis Using the Z-
Transform; Time Response for DDS; Stability Analysis of DDS;State
space analysis of DDS; Introduction to Digital Compensators and
Controllers
3. Analog Simulation: Introduction; Components of the Analog
Computer; Simulation of Linear Systems;Magnitude and Time
Scaling; Simulation of Non-Linearity and Phase Plane Analysis
4. Multi-Variable Control Systems: Introduction; System Design
Using State Variable Feedback; Output Feedback; Controllability
and Observability; Multi-variable control
5. Introduction to Non-Linear and Optimal Control Systems:
Introduction to Nonlinear Programming; Optimal Control
Preliminaries; The Optimal Control Problems& Examples
Final Exam Date
Teaching
Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises.
Methodology
Assessment
Continuous Assessment (50%), Final Examination (50%)
Methods
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students throughout this
course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will not be
tolerated.

Course Policies  Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to discussions.
Students will be active participants in the course.
 Students are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80% of class attendance is mandatory! Every student should be on time for

241
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

the session. Students are not allowed to enter if they are late more than five
minutes.
 Active participation in the lab is essential.
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the lab.
Textbook:
Richard C. Dorf, Robert H Bishop: Modern Control Systems (10th Edition), Prentice Hall; 10
edition (April 8, 2004).
References:
1. Katsuhiko Ogata : Modern Control Engineering, Prentice Hall; 4 edition Nov 13,
2001.
2. John J. D’ Azzo and Houpis: Feedback Control system analysis and synthesis.
Literature
3. Richard C. Dorf, Robert H BishopModern Control Systems (9th Edition), Prentice Hall;
9th edition (August 3, 2000).
4. I.J. Nagrath and Gopal: Control System Engineering by, 2001
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

46.Course Guide Book for Electrical Machines


XXX University
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Electrical Machines
Course Code ECEg4221
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Electrical Machines and Drives
Module Number 22
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN

242
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

ECTS 6
Contact hour per week 7
Contact Days ( time and NN
room)
Target Group 4th Year
Year/Semester VI/I
Prerequisites ECEg3131: Introduction to Electrical Machines
Status of the course Compulsory
Course Description The course aims to introduce students to Principle of electromechanical energy
conversion, Transformer, Induction machine, D.C machines, Synchronous
machines
Course Objective The course aims to enable e students:
- To understand the basic principles of electromechanical energy
conversion devices.
- To learn and understand inrush currents, harmonics and conditions for
parallel operation and design aspects of transformers.
- To learn and understand D.C. armature winding & A.C. windings.
- To understand dynamic equations and control aspect of D.C machines.
- To understand salient pole synchronous machine features, reference
frame transformation, d-q axis theory, power/load angle relationship
and carry out transient analysis.
- To understand the principle of operation and construction of fractional
horsepower motors.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Contact Reading
Week Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Remarks
Hour Materials
1. Principle of Electromechanical energy conversion:Salient
aspects of Conversions, Energy Balance, Determination of
Magnetic force and torque from energy, Forces and torques
in systems with Permanent Magnets

2. Transformer: Transformer Parameter test, Voltage


Regulation, Efficiency, Auto Transformer, Parallel Operation
of Transformer, Three phase Transformer
3. Induction machine: Parameter of the equivalent circuit,
torque equation, stall & starting torque, efficiency, torque-
speed curves, Power balance equation, Torque/speed
characteristics, Computation and circle diagrams
4. D.C Machines: Generator Types, Generator equation,
Generator loss, speed regulation of Dc motor, Motor
characteristics, speed control of Dc motor, DC machines test,
parallel operation,

243
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

5. Synchronous machines: Power developed by Synchronous


machines, Zero power factor method, characteristics of
synchronous machines as an alternator, motor operation of
synchronous machine.
Final Exam Date
Teaching Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory Exercises
Methodology
Assessment  Continuous assessment……………..50%
Methods  Final Examination………………….50%.
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students throughout this
course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will not be
tolerated.
 Students are required to submit and present the assignments provided according
Course Policy to the time table indicated.
 80% of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for class.
Students are not allowed to enter the class if they are late more than 5 minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in your
grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References:

1.B.L Theraja& A.K Theraja: Textbook of Electrical Technology, Volume 2


2. Fitzgerald, C. Kingsley, & S. D. Umans: Electric Machinery
Literature 3. Kosow: Electric Machinery and Control, Prentice-Hall
4. Siskind: Electrical Machines, McGraw-Hill
5. Chapman: Electric Machinery Fundamentals, McGraw-Hill
6. M.G. Say: Alternating Current machines
7. J. Hindmarsh: Electrical Machines and their Applications
8. Dr.P.S. Bimbhra, Electrical Machinery
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

244
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

47.Course Guide Book for Power Electronics and Electric Drives


XXX University
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Power Electronics and Electric Drives
Course Code ECEg4222
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Electrical Machines and Drives
Module Number 22
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 6
Contact hour per week 7
Contact Days ( time and NN
room)
Target Group 4th Year Power
Year/Semester VI/II
Prerequisites ECEg4221: Electrical Machines
Status of the course Compulsory
The course aims to introduce students to the fundamentals of power electronics
and drives, Dynamic behavior of electric drives , Power converters to supply
Course Description electric drives, Electric drives and Control, Motor rating selection, Characteristics
of electric drives for common applications and Laboratory Exercises are
includes.
- The students will be able to understand elements and characteristics, and
operation principles of electric drives.
Course Objectives - The students will have a sound understanding of the desired operating
characteristics of various industrial driven units.
- The students will be able to select drive elements and develop drive
system for common industrial driven units.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Wee Contact Reading
Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Remarks
k Hour Materials
1. Introduction: Basic elements of electric drives; Torque-
speed characteristics of industrial driven units; Torque-

245
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

speed characteristics of electric motors; Power supply for


electric motors; Control of electric drives.
2. Dynamic behavior of electric drives: Torques acting in a
drive system; Referring torque and moment of inertia from
one axis to other axis; Energy losses in transient; Operation
of electric motors in motoring and braking modes; Starting
of electric motors, etc.
3. Power converters to supply electric drives: Semiconductor
devices; Single-phase AC-DC converters; Three-phase AC-
DC converters; DC-DC converters; Single-phase and three-
phase DC-AC inverters; AC-AC converters; Control circuits
for power converters.
4. Electric drives and Control: Electric drive system model;
Controller design for DC motors, Induction motors, and
Brushless DC motors; Feedback elements.
5. Motor rating selection: Heating and motor power rating;
Load diagram; Motor selection for continuous duty,
intermittent duty and short time duty.
6. Characteristics of electric drives for common applications:
Crane and hoist drives; Centrifugal pumps; Steel rolling
mills, cement mills and sugar mills; Electric machine tools and
turbo compressors, etc.
Final Exam Date
Teaching Lectures, tutorials, Laboratory exercises.
Methodology
Assessment  Continuous assessment……………50%
Methods  Final Examination…………………50%.
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students throughout this
course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will not be
tolerated.
Course Policies  Students are required to submit and present the assignments provided according
to the time table indicated.
 80% of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for class.
Students will not allow entering if late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
[1]VedamSubrahmanyam: Electric Drives Concepts and applications by, McGraw-Hill
References 1996.
[2] Electric Drive by Jacob Feinberg, Mir Publishers, 1978
[3] Industrial Brushless servos by Peter Moreton, Newnes, 2000
Approved By:

246
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

48.Course Guide Book for Power Systems


XXX University
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Power Systems
Course Code ECEg4221
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Power Engineering I
Module Number 23
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 6
Contact hour per week 7
Contact Days ( time
and room)
Target Group IV Year Power
Year/Semester IV/I
Prerequisites ECEg3154: Introduction to Power Systems
Status of the course Compulsory
Course Description Fault analysis, Power system transients, Power system stability, Load flow studies,
HVDC transmission
Course Objectives - To learn and understand the analytical techniques of fault analysis and
stability analysis.
- To understand and analyze power system transients.
- To provide comprehensive coverage of load flow studies
- To learn and analyze HVDC transmission.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials

247
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Contac Reading
Week Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Remarks
t Hour Materials
1. Fault analysis: Symmetrical 3-phase faults; Symmetrical
components; Unsymmetrical faults
2. Power System transients: Surge phenomenon;
Propagation of surges(travelling waves); Reflection and
refraction of waves; Attenuation of traveling waves;
Determination of system voltage produced by traveling
waves;Generation of switching over-voltages on
transmission lines
3. Power system stability: Stability & stability limitSwing
equation; Power angle equation; Steady-state stability
analysis; Transient stability analysis; Numerical solution of
swing equation.
4. Load flow studies: Network model formulation; Formation
of Ybus matrix; Load flow problem; Load flow solutions
5. HVDC transmission: Principle of AC/DC conversion,
reactive power demand; Economic considerations;
Applications of HVDC; Advantages and disadvantages of
HVDC systems.
Final Exam
Date
Teaching
Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises.
Methodology
Assessment  Continuous Assessment…………….50%
Methods  Final Exam…………...……..............50%
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students throughout this
course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will not be
tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to discussions.
Course Policies Students will be active participants in the course.
 Students are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80% of class attendance is mandatory!
 Active participation in class is essential.
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
1. J. D. Glover and M. S. Sarma, Power System Analysis and Design, Brooks/Cole,
References Third Edition, 2002
2. Allen J. Wood and B.F. Wollenberg, Power Generation, Operation and
Control, 2nd Edn, John Wiley, 1997.

248
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

3. P. Kundur, Power system Operation and Control, Tata Mc-grah Hill Edition, 2006.
4. Syed Nasar, Electrical Power Systems (Schaum’s Outline Series), McGraw-hill
Publishing Company, 2004.
5. Modern Power System Analysis By D. P. Kothari, I. J. Nagrath.McGraw-hill
Publishing Company.
6. Power System Dynamics and Stability By Jan Machowski, JanuszBialek,
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

49.Course Guide Book for Power System Protection and Control


XXX University
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Power System Protection and Control
Course Code ECEg4232
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Power Engineering I
Module Number 23
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 6
Contact hour per week 7
Contact Days ( time
and room)
Target Group IV Year Power
Year/Semester IV/II
Prerequisites ECEg4221:Power Systems
Status of the course Compulsory

249
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Course Description Power system protection; Circuit breakers; Automatic generation and
voltage control; Power system reliability analysis
Course Objectives The course aims to introduce students to the fundamentals of power system
protection and control.
 The students will understand the principles and concepts of power
system protection and control.
 The students will comprehend the operating principles and design
considerations of protective devices and protection systems.
 The students will understand and learn protection of transmission
lines, generators, motors and transformers.
 The students will understand and gain knowledge of automatic
generation and voltage control of interconnected power systems.
 The students will be able to carry out reliability analysis of power
systems.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Contact Reading Remark
Week Topic/Subtopic/Chapter
Hour Materials s
1. Power system protection: Protective zones; Relaying
elements and quantities; Operating principles of
relays;Relay types and characteristics; Protection of
transmission lines, generators, motors and
transformers
2. Circuit breakers: Arc and arc extinction; Circuit
breaker rating; Circuit breaker types; HVDC circuit
breakers
3. Automatic generation and voltage control: Load
frequency control; Economic dispatch control; Single-
area and two- area load frequency control;
Interchange evaluation and power pool; Automatic
voltage control; Load frequency control with
generation rate constraints; Speed governor, dead-
band and its effect on automatic generation control
(AGC)
4. Power system reliability analysis: Definition of
power system reliability and quality; Reliability
assessment techniques; Reliability indices;
Interconnected systems
Final Exam Date
Teaching
Lectures supported by tutorials, Assignments, and Laboratory exercises.
Methodology
Assessment  Continuous Assessment…………….50%
Methods  Final Exam…………...……..............50%
Course Policies All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students throughout

250
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will not be
tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to discussions.
Students will be active participants in the course.
 Students are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80% of class attendance is mandatory!
 Active participation in class is essential.
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
1. Power System Protection and Switchgear By Badri Ram, D N Vishwakarma
2. Modern Power System Analysis By D. P. Kothari, I. J. Nagrath
3. Assessment of Power System Reliability: Methods and Applications By Marko
Čepin
References 4. J. D. Glover and M. S. Sarma, Power System Analysis and Design,
Brooks/Cole, Third Edition.
5. Prabha Kumar, Power System Stability and Control, McGraw-Hill Education.
6. A. G. Phadke and J.S. Thorp, Computer Relaying for Power Systems, John
Wiley & Sons, New York, 1988
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

50.Course Guide Book for Electrical Installation


XXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Electrical Installation
Course Code ECEg4241
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

251
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Module Name Energy Conversion and Distribution


Module Number 24
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Contact hour per 5
week
Contact Days (
NN
time and room)
Target Group IV Year Power
Year/Semester IV/I
Prerequisites ECEg2073: Electrical Workshop Practice I
Status of the
Compulsory
course

Course Illumination Science, Electrical regulation and standards , Electrical installation materials,
components and accessories ,Residential installation design, Commercial(Industrial)
Description installation design, Earthling, Grounding system ,Testing of electrical installation,
Electrical installation contracting and Cost estimation, Contract document preparation.
Understand the science and art of internal and external illumination of
-
buildings.
- Understand different electrical installation materials, components and
accessories.
Course Objectives - Understand an electrical regulations and standards for consumer
premises wiring design and construction.
- Design Residential and Commercial installation
- Understand installation cost estimation and contract documentation,
- Understand electrical installation and construction drawings.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Contact Reading
Week Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Remarks
Hour Materials
1. Illumination: Lighting, lighting terminologies and
laws; Artificial light source and their types; Lighting
schemes and their types; Illumination design and
calculation

2. Electrical Installations in Consumer Premises:


Electrical installation materials, components and
accessories; Electrical regulation and standards;
Residential installation design; Commercial(Industrial)
installation design; Residential and Commercial

252
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

installation design drawing


3. Grounding System and Testing Electrical
Installation: Earthling and method of earthling;
Grounding system; Testing of electrical installation
4. Contracting Electrical Constructions: Electrical
installation contracting and Cost estimation; Contract
document preparations
Final Exam Date
Teaching Lectures , tutorial, Project works
Methodology

Assessment Methods  Continuous Assessment……………50%


 Final Exam……………….............. 50%
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will
not be tolerated.
 Students are required to submit and present the assignments
Course Policies provided according to the time table indicated.
 80% of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time
for class. Students will not allow entering if late more than five
minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
[1] IEE regulations
[2]Ethiopian Building Code Standard, Electrical Installation of Buildings
EBCS-10
References [3]Electrical Installation Work by Brian Scaddan third edition
[4]Electrical Installation Principles and Practices by J. Hyde
[5]The art and science of illumination by AbdellaAbdinaser

Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

253
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

51.Course Guide Book for Power System Planning and Operation


xxx University
xxx Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Power System Planning and Operation
Course Code ECE 4251
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Power Engineering II
Module Number 25
Team Leader N.N
Course Instructor N.N
ECTS 5
Contact hour per week 5

Contact Days ( time and


room)
Target Group IV Year Power
Year/Semester IV/II
Prerequisites ECEg4221: Power Systems
Status of the course Compulsory
The course power system planning and operation consists the following
Course Description chapters: Load forecasting, Planning and design , Generation system cost
analysis, Power system operation , Optimization and security
The course aims to introduce students to the fundamentals of power system
planning and operation.
- The students will have a sound understanding of fundamentals of load
forecasting techniques.
- The students will be able to learn and understand basics design
concepts of generating stations, switchyards, and transmission lines.
Course Objectives
- The students will have a sound understanding of calculation of
transmission losses, economic load dispatch and optimal operation of
power systems.
- The students will be able to carry out cost analysis of generation
systems.

Detailed Course Schedule:

254
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Contact Reading
week Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Remarks
Hour Materials
1. Load forecasting: Classification and characteristics of loads,
Forecasting methodology; Energy forecasting; Demand forecasting;
Peak demand forecasting
2. Planning and design: General layout and design of generating
stations; Switchyard layout; Transmission system planning
3. Generation system cost analysis: Cost analysis; Production
analysis and costing; Environmental cost.
4. Power system operation: Operation of hydropower generator;
Switchyard; Protection & communication system in power system;
Characteristics of generating units; Transmission losses;
Representation of transmission losses by B-coefficient; Optimal
operation of generators on a bus-bar; Optimal load dispatch
including transmission losses; Interchange evaluation and power
pool.
5. Optimization and security: Formulation of the optimization
problem; Conditions for minimization; Sensitivity of the objective
function; Security assessment
Final Exam Date
Teaching Lectures, tutorials
Methodology
Assessment  Continuous assessment………………………50%
Methods  Final Exam………………..................................50%

All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students throughout this
course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will not
be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to discussions.
Students will be active participants in the course.
Course Policies  You are required to submit and present the assignments provided according to
the time table indicated.
 80% of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for class. I
will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in your
grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
Literature Textbook:
1. R L Sullivan: Power System Planning, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1977.

255
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

2. Xifan Wang James McDonald: Modern Power System Planning, 2001.


References:
1. C.L. Wadhwa, Electrical Power Systems, New Age International Publishers, 2004.
2. Allen J. Wood and B.F. Wollenberg, Power Generation, Operation and Control, 2nd
Edition, John Wiley, 1997.
3. W.D. Stevenson, Jr., Elements of Power System Analysis, 4th Edition, New York: McGraw-
hill, 1982.
4. Gupta: Electrical Power
5. JurgenSchlabbach& Karl H: Power system Engineering
6. J. Arrillaga and C. P. Arnold: Computer Analysis Of Power Systems
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

52.Course Guide Book for Computer Applications in Power Systems


XX University
XX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Computer Applications in Power Systems
Course Code ECEg4242
Degree B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Program
Module Name Power Engineering II
Module Number 25
Module Team N.N
Leader
Course Instructor N.N
ECTS 5
Contact hour 5
per week
Contact Days (
time and room)

256
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Target Group V Year


Year/Semester V/II
Prerequisites ECEg4221: Power Systems
Status of the Compulsory
course
Course This course introduces computer applications in powers systems and covers the
modelling and simulations of Load flow Analysis, Fault Studies, Power system stability,
Description
Analysis of Harmonic Propagation, Optimization and security in power systems
Course After completion of the course students will be able to:
- Understand Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system
Objectives
- Understand on-line and real-time applications of computers system voltage and
excitation control, automatic generation control (AGC) and economic dispatch
control
- Gain insight into computer aided protection and application of DSP to
protection of power systems
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Reading
Contact
Week Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Material Remarks
Hour
s
1. Introduction: Computers in Power Systems; Computer Tasks;
Automatic Generation Control; Generation Scheduling;
Security Assessment; Optimal Power Flow;Transmission
System Development; Interactive Power System Analysis

2. Load flow Analysis: Network Modeling; Basic Nodal


Method; Power system matrix; Fast decouple power flow

3. Fault Studies: Analysis of Three-phase Faults; Admittance


Matrix Equation; Impedance Matrix Equation; Fault
Calculations; Analysis of Unbalanced Faults; Admittance
Matrices; Fault Calculations; Short-circuit Faults; Open-circuit
Faults; Program Description and Typical Solutions

4. Power system stability modeling: Introduction; Basic model


of Synchronous machine; Synchronous machine Automatic
controllerLoads; Transmission network; Induction machine; AC-
DC conversion; Relays; Unbalaced Faults

5. Analysis of Harmonic Propagation: Transmission line


models; Transformer model; Application of the harmonic
penetrationalgorithm

6. Optimization and security: Formulation of the optimization


problem; Conditions for minimization; Sensitivity of the objective
function; Security assessment

257
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Final Exam Date


Teaching Methodology Lectures supported by tutorials, Projects and Laboratory exercises.

53.Course Guide Book for Energy Conversion and Rural Electrification

Assessment Methods  Continuous assessment…………………………... 50%


 Final Exam………………..........................................50%
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will not
be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 Students are required to submit and present the assignments provided
Course Policies
according to the time table indicated.
 80% of lecture class attendance and 100% lab session attendance is
mandatory! Please try to be on time for class. Students will not be
allowed to enter class if late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in
your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References 1.J. Arrillaga and C. P. Arnold:Computer Analysis Of Power Systems
2.Software Manual
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

258
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Xxx University
Xxx Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Energy Conversion and Rural Electrification
Course Code ECEg4242
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Energy Conversion and Distribution
Module Number 24
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Students Work 80
load per
semester
Contact Days ( NN
time and room)
Target Group IV Year
Year/Semester IV/II
Prerequisites MEng2308: Engineering Thermodynamics
Status of the Compulsory
course
This course includes the overview of thermodynamics, Thermal power
Course
plants, overview of Hydropower plants, Nuclear power plants, Solar
Description energy, Biomass energy, Wind energy, Geothermal energy, Ocean and
Wave energy and Rural electrification
- To introduce technologies of conventional and non-conventional power plants.
Course - To provide an overview of renewable energy resources and technologies.
- To give an insight into planning and design of small scale and off-grid electrical
Objectives power systems.
- To introduce techniques and methods of planning and designing rural
electrification.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Wee Contac Reading
Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Remarks
k t Hour Materials
1. Overview of Thermodynamics: First and second laws
of thermodynamics and Carnot cycle

259
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

2. Thermal power plants: Steam cycle; Fuels and


combustion; Gas turbines, combined cycles and
Operating practices
3. Hydropower: Basic concepts; Site selection; Types of
turbines; Small- scale hydropower design; Flow rate
measurement
4. Nuclear power plants: Nuclear Fuel, Fission, Fusion;
Radioactive decay; power plans
5. Solar energy: Introduction; Solar radiation; Solar
Collectors; Solar cells and PV systems; Applications of
Solar Energy.

6. Biomass energy: Introduction Biomass energy; Biomass


conversion and Direct combustion applications

7. Wind energy: Basic theory of wind energy; Types of


turbines; Wind resource Analysis and Applications.

8. Geothermal energy: Introduction; Geothermal resource


types applications or heating; Electricity generation.

9. Ocean and Wave energy: Potential assessment,


characteristics and technologies
10. Rural electrification in Ethiopia
Final Exam Date
Teaching Lectures supported by tutorials and Laboratory exercises.
Methodology
Assessment  Continuous Assessment……………..50%
Methods  Final Exam………………………….50%
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will
not be tolerated.
Course Policies  Students are required to submit and present the assignments
provided according to the time table indicated.
 80% of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for
class. Students will not allow entering if late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
[1] Culp: Principles of Energy Conversion
References [2].Keider: Solar Heating and Cooling
[3] Fritz: Small and Mini Hydropower System
[4] Renewable Energy, Power for Sustainable future by Godfrey. Boyel

260
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

54.Course Guide Book for Hydropower Engineering


XXX University
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Hydropower Engineering
Course Code ECEg4243
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Power Engineering I
Module Number 24
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Students work load 80
Contact Days ( time and
room)
Target Group IV Year
Year/Semester IV/II
Prerequisites ECEg4242: Energy Conversion and Rural Electrification
Status of the course Compulsory
Course Description Classification of hydropower plants; Planning and Development Process;
Hydrologic and Hydraulic Design Concept; Dams; Spillways; Conduits, Intake,
Power house and Accessories; Hydraulic Turbines.
Course Objectives - To gain insight into concepts of hydropower engineering.
- To provide knowledge of planning, design and development of hydro-electric power
plants.
- To learn the design of dams and spillways.

261
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

- Describe the operation of hydraulic turbines.


Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Wee Contac Reading
Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Remarks
k t Hour Materials

1. Classification of hydropower plants: Run-of-river plants, Base load


plants, Reservoir plants, Peak load plants, Pump storage plants Valley
dam plants, Diversion canal plants, High head, and diversion plants.

2. Planning and Development Process: Hydropower development,


Efficiency of hydropower, Socio-economic analysis, Environmental
analysis.

3. Hydrologic and Hydraulic Design Concept: Hydropower engineering


concept, Hydrological study, Electrical load study, Heating and cooling.

4. Hydrologic and Hydraulic Design Concept: Hydropower engineering


concept, Hydrological study, Electrical load study, Heating and cooling.

5. Spillways:Types of spillways, Gravity spillways, Siphon spillways

6. Conduits, Intake, Power house and Accessories: Components of a


conduit system, Intake structures, Location of power house, Classification
of power house, Penstocks and surge tanks.

7. Hydraulic Turbines: Introduction, Classification of water turbines, The


Pleton turbine, The Francis turbine, The Propeller and Kaplan turbine.
Final Exam Date
Teaching
Lectures , tutorials
Methodology
Assessment  Continuous Assessment…………….50%
Methods  Final Exam…………...……..............50%
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Students are required to submit and present the assignments provided according to
Course the time table indicated.
Policies  80% of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for class. Students
will not allow entering if late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
1. Josepha Sherman: Hydroelectric power, Capstone Press: December 2003
References 2. Freshmagichobo: A Renewable Energy Resource: The Hydroelectric Power, July25, 2006.
3. James Joseph Doland: Hydro power engineering, Ronald Press Co. 1954

262
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

4. Brian K, Edwards: The Economics of Hydroelectric Power, Edward Elgar Pub (October 2003)
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

55. Microcomputers and Interfacing


XXXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Microcomputers and Interfacing
Course Code ECEg4161

Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical and Computer Engineering


Module Name Microcomputer and Interfacing
Module Number ECEg-M4161
Team Leader
Course
Instructor
ECTS 6
Students work load 32 Lecture hrs. , 32 Tutor and 48 Laboratory hrs
Contact Days (
time and room)
Target Group IV Year
Year/Semester 4th/I
Prerequisites ECEg3143-Computer Architecture and Organization
Status of the Core Electrical Engineering

263
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

course
Course The Microcomputers and interfacing course intends in
Description getting the concepts to the mastering of basic
microcontroller and microcomputers. The discussion
of the course will be based around the 8086 intel-
microprocessor. However, this is not stiff and could
be subjected to change. The fact that the 8086 is
the considered basic processor architecture, only
for those matters will the discussion is based on
the microcontroller. The discussion of the course
will begin by introducing the microcontroller
evolution in their historical background. The art of
bringing hardware and software together will be
explored. The two most common computer
architectures, the Reduced Instruction Set Computing
(RISC) and the Complex Instruction Set Computing
(CISC) will also be explained. The overall 8086/8088
architecture with a close look at the register,
memory, bus, and IO organization. Having discussed
the concept of the architecture, the course will
then pass to getting to know with the instruction
sets of the 8086. The most important instruction set
will be given emphasis and soon after that, hardware
programing will be taught. The hardware programming
or the storing of a program will take two tours. The
first will be assembly language programming route
and the second will be high level hardware
programming. The high level language programming can
take various languages into the programming task. C
and C++ are the most common ones. Subroutines and
interrupts shall be handled in programing to enable
students get the art of real time applications. Next
shall be the skill of interfacing microcontrollers
with various peripherals devices that help bring up
real applications. Finally bringing all things
together, students will be made able to design
microcomputers for various devices. This will help
them in developing hardware based controllers in
embedded concepts.
Course Objective After successfully completed this course, the
and Competency
student should be able to :
 Get knowledge of the internal architecture of a
microprocessor.
 Write efficient codes in both assembly and high
level languages.
 Understand and handle interrupts
 Use microprocessors to develop controllers and
computers
 Design and implement microcomputers

264
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials


Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Materials
Hour
INTRODUCTION TO MICROPROCESSORS &
COMPUTERS
 History of Microprocessors
 Evolution of the Intel processors
THE 8086 MICROCONTROLLER ARCHITECTURE

 Features of 8086

 Architecture of 8086

o Bus Interface Unit (BIU)

o Execution Unit (EU)

 Register Organization

o General purpose registers

o Segment Registers

o Pointers and Index Registers

o Flag Registers

 Bus Operation

 Memory Segmentation
8086 MICROPROCESSOR PROGRAMING &
INSTRUCTION SETS

 8086 Addressing Modes

o Data Addressing Modes

o Program Memory Addressing


Modes

o Stack Memory Addressing


Modes

 Instruction Set of 8086

o Data Movement
Instructions

 MOV Instruction

265
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 PUSH/POP Instruction

 Load effective address

 String Data transfer


Instructions

 Miscellaneous Data Transfer


Instructions

 Arithmetic and Logic


Instruction

o Addition

o Subtraction

o Comparison

o Multiplication

o Division

o BCD and ASCII Arithmetic

o BCD Arithmetic

o ASCII Arithmetic

o Basic Logic Instructions

 Shift and Rotate

 Shift

 Rotate

o String Instructions

o program Control Transfer


Instructions

 CALL and RET Instructions

 JMP Instruction

 Conditional Jump

266
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Iteration Control Instructions

o Process Control
Instruction

o External

o HardwareS ynchronization
Instructions
• Interrupt Instructions
Assembly Language Programming
• Some Assembly Language
Programs
• Programming with Assembler
o Assembling Process
o Linking Process
o Debugging Process
• Timings and Delays
o Timer Delays using NOP
instruction
o Time Delay using COUNTERS
o Timer delays using NESTED
Loops
8086 System Configuration
• Signal Description of 8086
o Minimum Mode of Operation
o Maximum Mode of Operation
INTERFACING
Basic IO Interfacing
• Parallel I/O
• Programmed I/O
• I/O Port Address Decoding
Programmable Peripheral Interface
(PPI)
• Programming 8255
• Operation Modes of the 8255
Timer Interfacing
• The 8254 Programmable Interval
Timer (PIT)
Serial I/O Interface
• Asynchronous Communication
• Programmable Communication
Interface UART 8251
Interrupts

267
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

• Interrupt Driven I/O


• Software and Hardware Interrupts
• Interrupts vectors and Vector
tables
• The 8259A Programmable Interrupt
Controller (PIC)
Direct Memory Access (DMA)
• Basic DMA Operations
• DMA Controlled I/O
• The 8237 DMA Controller
Final Exam Date
Teaching Lectures supported by tutorials,
Methodology  Assignments, and
 Laboratory exercises.
Assessment  Continuous Assessment=50%.
Methods  final Exam=50%
References1. Douglas V Hall, ‘Microprocessors and
Interfacing-Programming and Hardware’, 2nd
Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company
Limited, NewDelhi-2002.
2. Ramesh S Gaonkar, ‘Microprocessor
Programming and Interfacing using 8085’, Penram
Publications, 4th Edition, 2003
3. A.K.Ray, K.M.Bhurchandy, ’Intel
Microprocessors-Architecture, Programming and
Interfacing’, McGraw-Hill International Edition,
2004
4. Microprocessors and Interfacing, first
Edition, 2009. A.P Douglas and D.A Douglas
Course policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students

Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.


 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class & 100 % lab attendance is mandatory! Please try
to be on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late
more than five minutes.

268
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own


value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

56 Course Guide Book for Electrical Installation


XXX University
XXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Electrical Installation
Course Code ECEg4241
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Energy Conversion and Distribution

269
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Module Number 24
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Students 80
Workload
Contact Days (
NN
time and room)
Target Group IV Year
Year/Semester IV/I
Prerequisites ECEg2073: Electrical Workshop Practice I
Status of the
Compulsory
course

Course Illumination Science, Electrical regulation and standards , Electrical installation materials,
components and accessories ,Residential installation design, Commercial(Industrial)
Description installation design, Earthling, Grounding system ,Testing of electrical installation,
Electrical installation contracting and Cost estimation, Contract document preparation.
Understand the science and art of internal and external illumination of
-
buildings.
- Understand different electrical installation materials, components and
accessories.
Course Objectives - Understand an electrical regulations and standards for consumer
premises wiring design and construction.
- Design Residential and Commercial installation
- Understand installation cost estimation and contract documentation,
- Understand electrical installation and construction drawings.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Contact Reading
Week Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Remarks
Hour Materials
5. Illumination: Lighting, lighting terminologies and
laws; Artificial light source and their types; Lighting
schemes and their types; Illumination design and
calculation

6. Electrical Installations in Consumer Premises:


Electrical installation materials, components and
accessories; Electrical regulation and standards;
Residential installation design; Commercial(Industrial)
installation design; Residential and Commercial
installation design drawing

270
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

7. Grounding System and Testing Electrical


Installation: Earthling and method of earthling;
Grounding system; Testing of electrical installation
8. Contracting Electrical Constructions: Electrical
installation contracting and Cost estimation; Contract
document preparations
Final Exam Date
Teaching Lectures , tutorial, Project works
Methodology

Assessment Methods  Continuous Assessment……………50%


 Final Exam……………….............. 50%
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
Course Policies
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time
for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five
minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value
in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
[1] IEE regulations
[2]Ethiopian Building Code Standard, Electrical Installation of Buildings
EBCS-10
References [3]Electrical Installation Work by Brian Scaddan third edition
[4]Electrical Installation Principles and Practices by J. Hyde
[5]The art and science of illumination by Abdella Abdinaser

Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

271
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

57.Course Guide Book for Electrical Machines


XXX University
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Electrical Machines
Course Code ECEg4221
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Electrical Installation and Machine Drives
Module Number 31
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 6
Student Workload 32 hour lecture, 48 hour tutorial, 32 hour lab , 48 hour home study
Contact Days ( time and NN
room)
Target Group 4th Year Industrial Control
Year/Semester VI/II
Prerequisites ECEg3131: Introduction to Electrical Machines
Status of the course Professional Compulsory
The course aims to introduce students to Principle of electromechanical energy
Course Description conversion, Transformer, Induction machine, D.C machines, Synchronous
machines
The course aims to enable e students:
- To understand the basic principles of electromechanical energy
conversion devices.
Course Objective - To learn and understand inrush currents, harmonics and conditions for
parallel operation and design aspects of transformers.
- To learn and understand D.C. armature winding & A.C. windings.
- To understand dynamic equations and control aspect of D.C machines.
- To understand salient pole synchronous machine features, reference

272
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

frame transformation, d-q axis theory, power/load angle relationship


and carry out transient analysis.
- To understand the principle of operation and construction of fractional
horsepower motors.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Wee Contac Reading Remark
Topic/Subtopic/Chapter
k t Hour Materials s
1. Principle of Electromechanical energy conversion: Salient aspects of
Conversions, Energy Balance, Determination of Magnetic force and
torque from energy, Forces and torques in systems with Permanent
Magnets

2. Transformer: Transformer Parameter test, Voltage Regulation,


Efficiency, Auto Transformer, Parallel Operation of Transformer, Three
phase Transformer
3. Induction machine: Parameter of the equivalent circuit, torque
equation, stall & starting torque, efficiency, torque-speed curves, Power
balance equation, Torque/speed characteristics, Computation and circle
diagrams
4. D.C Machines: Generator Types, Generator equation, Generator loss,
speed regulation of Dc motor, Motor characteristics, speed control of
Dc motor, DC machines test, parallel operation,
5. Synchronous machines: Power developed by Synchronous machines,
Zero power factor method, characteristics of synchronous machines as
an alternator, motor operation of synchronous machine.
Final Exam Date
Teaching Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory Exercises
Methodology
Assessment  Continuous assessment…………….50%
Methods  Final Examination…………………50%
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students Senate
Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will not be
Course tolerated.
Policies  Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to discussions. Students
will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided according to the
time table indicated.

273
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 80 % of class & 100 % lab attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time


for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.

References:

1.B.L Theraja & A.K Theraja: Textbook of Electrical Technology, Volume 2


2. Fitzgerald, C. Kingsley, & S. D. Umans: Electric Machinery
References 9. Kosow: Electric Machinery and Control, Prentice-Hall
10. Siskind: Electrical Machines, McGraw-Hill
11. Chapman: Electric Machinery Fundamentals, McGraw-Hill
12. M.G. Say: Alternating Current machines
13. J. Hindmarsh: Electrical Machines and their Applications
14. Dr.P.S. Bimbhra, Electrical Machinery
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

58.Course Guide Book for Power Electronics and Electric Drives


XXX University
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
274
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Program Regular
Course Title Power Electronics and Electric Drives
Course Code ECEg4222
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Electrical Installation and Machine Drives
Module Number 32
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 6
Students Workload 32 lecturer, 48 tutorial, 32 lab, 48 home study
Contact Days ( time NN
and room)
Target Group 4th Year power
Year/Semester VI/II
Prerequisites ECEg4221: Electrical Machines
Status of the course Compulsory
The course aims to introduce students to the fundamentals of power
electronics and drives, Dynamic behavior of electric drives , Power
Course Description converters to supply electric drives, Electric drives and Control, Motor rating
selection, Characteristics of electric drives for common applications and
Laboratory Exercises are includes.
- The students will be able to understand elements and characteristics,
and operation principles of electric drives.
Course Objectives - The students will have a sound understanding of the desired
operating characteristics of various industrial driven units.
- The students will be able to select drive elements and develop drive
system for common industrial driven units.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Reading
Contac
Week Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Material Remarks
t Hour
s
1. Introduction: Basic elements of electric drives; Torque-speed
characteristics of industrial driven units; Torque-speed
characteristics of electric motors; Power supply for electric
motors; Control of electric drives.
2. Dynamic behavior of electric drives: Torques acting in a
drive system; Referring torque and moment of inertia from one
axis to other axis; Energy losses in transient; Operation of

275
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

electric motors in motoring and braking modes; Starting of


electric motors

3. Power converters to supply electric drives: Semiconductor


devices; Single-phase AC-DC converters; Three-phase AC-DC
converters; DC-DC converters; Single-phase and three-phase
DC-AC inverters; AC-AC converters; Control circuits for power
converters.
4. Electric drives and Control: Electric drive system model;
Controller design for DC motors, Induction motors, and Brushless
DC motors; Feedback elements.
5. Motor rating selection: Heating and motor power rating;
Load diagram; Motor selection for continuous duty, intermittent
duty and short time duty.

6. Characteristics of electric drives for common applications:


Crane and hoist drives; Centrifugal pumps; Steel rolling mills,
cement mills and sugar mills; Electric machine tools and turbo
compressor
Final Exam Date
Teaching Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises.
Methodology
Assessment  Continuous assessment……………….. 50%
Methods  Final Examination……………………. 50%.
Course Policies All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students Senate
Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will
not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to discussions.
Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class & 100 % lab attendance is mandatory! Please try to be
on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five
minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in
your grade

276
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.


References [1] Vedam Subrahmanyam: Electric Drives Concepts and applications by,
McGraw-Hill 1996.
[2] Electric Drive by Jacob Feinberg, Mir Publishers, 1978
[3] Industrial Brushless servos by Peter Moreton, Newnes, 2000
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

59. Modern Control systems

xxxxx University
xxxxxxx Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Modern Control systems
Course Code ECEg4321
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Modern Control systems
Module Number 32
Team Leader
Course Instructor
ECTS 5
Contact hour per 32 Lecture hrs. , 48 Tutorial
week
Contact Days ( time
and room)
Target Group IV Year
Year/Semester IV/I
Prerequisites ECEg3153: Introduction to Control System

277
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Status of the course Compulsory


Course Description Introduction to State Space Analysis; Discrete Data Control Systems; Analog
Simulation; Multi-Variable Control Systems ; Introduction to Non-Linear and
Optimal Control Systems
Course Objectives The course will enable students to
 Get an insight in control systems problems, design, and implementation.
 Understand and develop mathematical models of common control
systems. Be able to analyze linear continuous and discrete control
systems both in time and frequency domains.
 Be able to design and synthesize controllers in classical control methods.

Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials


Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Materials
Hour
Introduction to State Space Analysis

 The State Concept

 State Space Representation of Linear


(Continuous) Systems

 System Response from State Space


Representation

 Computation of the State Transition Matrix

Discrete Data Control Systems

 Introduction to Discrete Systems

 Sampling Theorem and Effects on Control


Systems

 The Z- Transform

 Discrete Data System (DDS) Analysis Using


the Z- Transform

 Time Response for DDS

 Stability Analysis of DDS

 State space analysis of DDS

 Introduction to Digital Compensators and


Controllers

Analog Simulation

278
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Introduction

 Components of the Analog Computer

 Simulation of Linear Systems

 Magnitude and Time Scaling

 Simulation of Non-
Linearity and Phase Plane Analysis

Multi-Variable Control Systems

 Introduction

 System Design Using State


Variable Feedback

 Output Feedback

 Controllability and Observability

 Multi-variable control

-
Introduction to Non-Linear and Optimal
Control Systems

 Introduction to Nonlinear Programming

 Optimal Control Preliminaries

 The Optimal Control Problems

 Optimal Control Examples

Final Exam Date


Teaching Lectures supported by tutorials and Laboratory exercises.
Methodology
Assessment Methods  Contentious Assessment……….50%
 Final examination ………….. 50%
Course Policies All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of
students Senate Legislation of our University throughout this
course.

279
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and


plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments
provided according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on
time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than
five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
1. Richard C. Dorf, Robert H Bishop: Modern Control Systems (10th
Edition), Prentice Hall; 10 edition (April 8, 2004).
2. Katsuhiko Ogata : Modern Control Engineering, Prentice Hall; 4
References: edition Nov 13, 2001.
3. John J. D’ Azzo and Houpis: Feedback Control system analysis and
synthesis.
4. Richard C. Dorf, Robert H BishopModern Control Systems (9th
Edition), Prentice Hall; 9th edition (August 3, 2000).
5. I.J. Nagrath and Gopal: Control System Engineering by, 2001
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

280
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

60. Instrumentation engineering

XXXXXX University
XXXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Instrumentation engineering
Course Code ECEg4323
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Instrumentation and Control Engineering
Module Number 32
Team Leader
Course Instructor
ECTS 5
Contact hour per 32 Lecture hrs. , 48 Tutorial hrs
week
Contact Days ( time
and room)
Target Group IV Year
Year/Semester IV/II
Prerequisites ECEg4151: Microcomputers and Interfacing
ECEg4155: Electrical Measurement & Instrumentation
Status of the course Compulsory
Course Description Review of Basic Instrumentation; Standards and Organizations; Sensor
technology; Telemetry Applications; Introduction to Intelligent
Instruments
Course Objectives  To discuss and exemplify algorithm analysis methods
 Module Data Storage and Analysis computation.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials

281
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Materials


Hour
hours Review of Basic Instrumentation
 General Principles of Instrumentation,
 Sensors and Applications,
 Signal Conditioning Circuits,
 Signal Conversion Elements,
 Output Presentation. .

Standards and Organizations


 What is standard ?need for standard ?
 Existing standard organization
 Quality assurance
Sensor technology
 Basic Sensor Technology
 Sensor Systems
 Application Considerations
- Sensor Characteristics
- System Characteristics
- Instrument Selection
- Data Acquisition and
Readout
- Installation
 Measurement Issues and Criteria
 Sensor Signal Conditioning
 Conditioning Bridge Circuits
 Amplifiers for Signal Conditioning
 Analog to Digital Converters for Signal
Conditioning
 Signal Conditioning High Impedance
Sensors

Telemetry Applications
 Telemetry Systems Overview
 Airborne Systems
- Data Acquisition
- Multiplexer
- Modulation
- Commutation
- Frame synchronization pattern
 Ground System
- Setup and Control
- PCM Stream Reconstruction
- Frame Synchronization.
- Decommutation
- Simulation and Encoding
- Real-Time Processing

282
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Introduction to Intelligent Instruments


7. Introduction to intelligent
instrumentation
8. Historical Perspective & Current status
9. software based instruments
10. Virtual Instrumentation:

Final Exam Date


Teaching  Lectures supported by tutorials
Methodology
Assessment Methods  Contentious Assessment……….50%
 Final examination ………….. 50%
Course Policies All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments
provided according to the time table indicated.
 80% of class attendance is mandatory!
References 1. JonWilson,Sensor technology
2. J.P. Bentley, Principles of Measurement Systems
3. B.E. Jones, Instrumentation Measurement and Feedback
4. Instrumentation Engineering handbook
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

283
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

61. Digital Control Systems

XXXXXX University
XXXXXX Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Digital Control Systems
Course Code ECEg4322
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Instrumentation and Control Engineering
Module Number
Team Leader
Course Instructor
ECTS 5
Students 32 lecture hrs, 48 tutorial hrs
Workload
Contact Days (
time and room)
Target Group IV Year
Year/Semester IV/II
Prerequisites ECEg4321: Modern Control Systems
Status of the Compulsory
course
Course Linear discrete dynamic-system analysis; Design of digital control
Description systems using transform techniques; Design of Digital control using
state space method; Application and practices of digital control
Course Objectives  Design of digital control using transform techniques and state
space methods
 Digital control system applications and practices.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials

Week Contac Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks


t Hour Materials
. Linear discrete dynamic-system analysis

284
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Review of Z-transform and discrete


data systems,
 Sample and hold, discrete
equivalents to continuous transfer
functions,
 Effect of quantization in digital data.
Design of digital control systems using
transform techniques
11. Control system specifications
12. Design using emulation
13. z-plane design using root locus
14. Frequency response methods with
z-transform and w-transform
15. Direct design method Ragazzini,
PID controller.

Design of Digital control using state


space method
16. Control-law design,
17. Estimator design,
18. Regulator design,
19. Introducing reference input,
20. Controllability and observability.

Application and practices of digital


control
 Digital control system hardware,
software and firmware development,
system integration (simulation and
implementation),
 Manufacturing digital control
systems
 Case design mini project
Laboratory Simulation of digital control systems using MATLAB; Controller
Exercise programs; Interfacing microcontroller with computers; Mini-project to
develop a controller software and hardware for a system, simulate and
implement where possible
Final Exam Date
Teaching  Lectures supported by tutorials,
Methodology
Assessment  Contentious Assessment……….50%

Methods  Final examination ………….. ……50%

Course Policies All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students

285
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

throughout this course.


 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 Students are required to submit and present the assignments
provided according to the time table indicated.
 80% of class attendance is mandatory!
Textbook:
 Jene F. Franklin and others, “Digital Control of Dynamic
systems” Addison-Wesley publishing company, second
Edition.
References
References:
 Benjamin C. Kuo today “Digital Control Systems
 Charles L. Phillips & H. Troy Nagle, Digital Control System
Analysis and Design
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

62 Embedded Systems

XXXX University

XXXX Institute of Technology

Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering

286
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Program Regular
Course Title Embedded Systems
Course Code ECEg4202
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Computer System Design and automation
Module Number ECEg-M4201
Team Leader
Course
Instructor
ECTS 5 (3 Cr.hr)
Students Workload 32 Lecture hrs, 32 Tutor 32 Laboratory hrs and 48 home
study
Contact Days (
time and room)
Target Group IV Year
Year/Semester IV/II
Prerequisites  ECEg4161-Microcomputer and Interfacing
 ECEg4181-Operating Systems (Co-requisite)
Status of the Professional Compulsory
course
This course is designed to provide students a
Course
Description working knowledge of Embedded Systems their Design
and Programming at an Introduction level. In this
course the fundamentals of embedded systems,
hardware and firmware designs will be explored.
Issues such as embedded microcontrollers, embedded
programs, real-time operating systems, low power
computing, interfacing as well as optimization, will
be discussed
Course Objective  The objective of this course is to impart
and Competency students for a solid understanding of
 role of embedded systems
 concepts, components both hardware and software
of embedded systems
 design and development processes of embedded
systems
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials

 Introduction

287
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Why Study Embedded System,


Contrast between embedded
systems and other computer
systems, role and purpose
of embedded systems
 Embedded Microcontrollers
Structure of a basic computer
system, CPU families used in
microcontrollers, Basic I/O
devices and technologies,
Interrupts and Memories
 Embedded Programs
Program translation process,
representation of programs and
their execution flow,
fundamentals of assembly
language and linking, mapping
tasks in compilation
 Real-time Operating systems
Context switching mechanisms,
scheduling policies, message
passing and shared memory
communications, inter-process
communication
 Low-power Computing
Sources of energy consumption,
instruction-level strategies
for power management, memory
system power consumption,
system-level power management
 Reliable System Design
 Failures in hardware,
sources of errors from
software, design
verification and its role,
fault-tolerant techniques
 Design Methodologies and
Tools
 Design Methodology, RTOS
Tools, Logic analyzers,
Compilers and Programming
environments, Software
management Tools

 Networked Embedded Systems


 Why networked embedded
systems, examples of
networked embedded systems

288
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Interfacing and Mixed-


signal systems
D/A and A/D conversions,
how to partition A/D
processing in interfaces
Final Exam Date
Teaching  Lectures supported by tutorials,
Methodology  Assignments, and
 Laboratory exercises.
Assessment  Continuous Assessment=50%
Methods  Final Exam=50%
Course policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments
provided according to the time table indicated.
 80% of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on
time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more
than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its
own value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References [1] Arnold S. Berger: Embedded Systems Design
[2]Stuart R. Ball: Embedded Microprocessor Systems:
Real World Design
[3]Michael Barr: Programming Embedded Systems in C
and C ++,
[4]Qing Li, Caroline Yao: Real-Time Concepts for
Embedded Systems
[5] Tammy Noergaard: Embedded Systems Architecture
- A Comprehensive Guide for Engineers and
Programmers
[6] Steve Heath: Embedded Systems Design
Approved By:

289
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

63. Process Control Fundamentals


XXXX University

XXXX Institute of Technology

Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering

Program Regular
Course Title Process control fundamentals
Course Code ECEg4333
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Control Applications
Module Number ECEg-M4331
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Students Workload 32 Lecture hrs. , 48Tutor and 48 home study hrs
Contact Days ( time and
room)
Target Group IV Year control
Year/Semester IV/II
Prerequisites  Instrumentation Engineering (ECEg4323),
 Modern Control Systems (ECEg4321)
Status of the course Professional Compulsory
Course Description A Review of Fundamental Process Control; Cascade Control; Ratio
Control; Dead Time Control; Feedforward Control; Nonlinear
Compensation and Adaptive Control; Multivariable Control; Fuzzy
Logic and Process Control Tuning; Distributed Control Systems

290
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Course Objective and At the end of this course, students will be able to
Competency  understand the concepts of advanced industrial
 design and simulate typical industrial processes
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials

Introduction to Process Control


Representative Process Control Problems
 Importance of Process Control
 Illustrative Example
 Classification of Process Control
Strategies
 The Hierarchy of Process Control
Activities
 An Overview of Control System
Design
Modeling of a Process Control System
 The Rationale for Dynamic Process
Models
 General Modeling Principles
 Degrees of Freedom Analysis
 Dynamic Models of
Representative Processes
Solution of Dynamic Models and the Use of
Digital Simulators
Feedback Controllers
 Introduction
 Basic Control Modes
o Proportional Control
o Integral Control
o Derivative Control
o Proportional-Integral-
Derivative Control
o On-Off Controllers
Controller Design
 Performance Criteria for Closed-Loop
Systems
 Model-Based Design Methods
Controller Tuning
 Controller Tuning Relations
 Controllers with Two Degrees of
Freedom
 On-Line Controller Tuning

Feedforward and Ratio Control

 Introduction to Feedforward Control

291
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Ratio Control
 Feedforward Controller Design Based
on Steady-State Models
 Feedforward Controller Design Based
on Dynamic Models
 The Relationship Between the Steady-
State and Dynamic Design Methods
 Configurations for Feedforward-
Feedback Control
 Tuning Feedforward Controllers
Advanced Process Control
 Cascade Control
 Time-Delay Compensation
 Inferential Control
 Selective Control/Override Systems
 Nonlinear Control Systems
 Adaptive Control Systems
 Multivariable Control
Computers in Process Control
 Digital Computer Simulation of
Control Systems
 Microprocessor-Based Controllers and
Distributed Control in Process Control
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology  Lectures supported by tutorials,
 Assignments, and
 Laboratory exercises.
Assessment Methods  Continuous Assessment=50%
 Final Exam=50%
Course policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments
provided according to the time table indicated.
 80% of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on
time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more

292
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

than five minutes.


 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its
own value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References 1. [1] Seborg, D., Edgar F., Mellichamp D., Process Dynamics and
Control, John Wiley, revised ed., New York 2001
2. William L. Luyben, Process Modeling, Simulation and Control for
Chemical Enginers, Seccond Edition 1999
3. BABATUNDE A. OGUNNAIKE, Process dynamics, modeling, and
control, New York Oxford. Oxford University Press, 1994
4. McGraw-Hill Chemical Engineering Series,Process Systems
Analysis and Control
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

64. Basic Writing Skills

XXXX University

XXXX Institute of Technology

Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering

Program Regular
Course Title Basic Writing Skills
Course Code Enla1012
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Basic English Skills
Module Number EnLaM1011
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5

293
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Students Workload 48Lecture hrs. , 16Tutor and 71 home study hrs


Contact Days ( time and room)
Target Group I Year
Year/Semester I/II
Prerequisites None
Status of the course Compulsory /Common course
Course Description This course aims at developing students’ basic writing skills. It contains sentence
level writing: sentence structure, sentence types, functional and structural category,
common sentence errors (fragments, run-on sentences, dangling modifiers and
agreement errors); paragraph level writing : paragraph, topic sentence and supporting
details, structure, essentials of a paragraph, basic types of paragraphs( expository,
narrative, descriptive and argumentative ) and techniques of paragraph development;
essay level writing : structure of an essay, thesis statement and supporting
paragraphs, types of essays and techniques of essay development
Course Objective and Competency
Upon completing the course, students will be able to:
 construct meaningful sentences in English;
 learn to compose a paragraph that has a clearly stated topic sentence and
details ;
 use appropriate coordination and subordination skills to relate ideas;
 identify and correct common sentence problems
 compose paragraphs that have clearly stated topic sentences and supporting
details.
 write a well structured essay of different types ( descriptive, narrative,
expository and argumentative)
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials

Week Study Hours Topics and Sub Topics Student Roles and activities Required Texts

Unit One: Writing Effective Sentences:


Main worksheet 1
overview of writing Activities: Identifying subject and page 1-2
effective sentences - sentence definition, predicate- Writer’s Choice:pp452-
Identifying sentence parts (subject and 454 ( exercise 1-6), A concise Guide
1 Practical English Handbook
Lecture: 3hrs predicate), writing complete sentences; to composition page:124;expanding page 15-17,26-28 Writer’s
Home St: 4hrs sentence types: functional subject and predicate- Writer’s Choice :451-457,512 A
category (declarative, interrogative, Choice Guide to Better Writing
imperative and exclamatory sentences) pp455(exercise7and9),Functional pp261-269; Writer’s
category- A concise Guide to Choice501-505;A concise
Lecture: 4hrs Writing Effective Sentences (continued----) composition page:125 Guide to composition pp119-
Home St: 6hrs Identifying sentence types: structural
122 Main worksheet 1
Category ( simple, compound, complex and
page 2-5
2 compound complex); Joining ideas Activities: structural classification-A
:coordination, subordination, correlation Guide to Better Writing pp270-71, A concise Guide to
and using relative pronouns Writer’s Choice pp502-504(exercise composition page:Pp129-140
4-8) A concise Guide to
composition page:Pp129-140
3 Lecture: 3hrs Writing Effective Sentences (continued----)
Writer’s Choice513-517
Home St: 4hrs Identifying and correcting faulty sentences Activities: correcting faulty Main worksheet 1

294
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

:fragments, run-ons, comma splices, sentences- A concise Guide to page 5-7


composition page:174-177;Writer’s
4 Choice pp513-515(Ex 21-23),College
Lecture: 3hrs Writing Effective Sentences (continued----) English Writing; pp418-443
Home St: 4hrs Identifying and correcting faulty sentences: Practical English Handbook
dangling modifiers and agreement errors; Activities: correcting faulty pp 125-171
5 sentences- A concise Guide to Writer’s Choice pp 675-
Lecture: 3hrs Writing Effective Sentences (continued----) composition page:174-177
Home St: 4hrs Using punctuation(a period, comma, semi- Main worksheet 2
colon, colon, quotation mark) and Activities on using punctuation marks page 1-2
capitalization Practical English Handbook pp Effective Academic Writing
125,128,131,136 137,139,144, 2 pp 1-8
6 145,149,15,157(Ex 1-11)Writer’s From Paragraph to Essay pp
Choice pp675,676,677,679, 3-15
Lecture: 4hrs
Unit Two: Writing Effective Paragraphs; 681,683,686(Ex1-8) A Guide to Better Writing 83-
Home St: 6hrs
overview of writing effective Paragraphs- 150
paragraph definition, nature of a paragraph,
Identifying topic sentence and supporting
7 details, writing topic sentences( with topics Main worksheet 2
and controlling idea), nature and position of page -6
topic sentences in paragraphs, narrowing a
title Effective Academic Writing 2
Activities: Identifying topic sentences pp9-15
Lecture: 3hrs Writing Effective Paragraphs and supporting details Effective A concise Guide to
8 Home St: 4hrs (continued…) Academic Writing pp 3-8(Ex1-8) composition pp28-32
structure of a paragraph, essentials of a From Paragraph to Essay pp 8-
paragraph: unity, coherence(ways of 9,11,12
achieving coherence: using transitional A Guide to Better Writing 83-
devices, pronouns, key words and 150
synonyms) and adequate development; Effective Academic Writing 1
organization: space, time and order of pp 30-142; Effective
importance Academic Writing3 pp88-109
9 Activities: achieving coherence and A concise Guide to
Lecture: 4hrs Writing Effective Paragraphs unity in a paragraph Effective composition pp32-39
Home St: 8hrs (continued…) Academic Writing 2 pp9-14 A
Writing basic types paragraphs: expository, concise Guide to composition pp40-
descriptive, narrative and argumentative; 42
Main worksheet 2
Lecture: 3hrs Techniques of paragraph development: page 7-8
Home St: 5hrs definition, exemplification/illustration,
10
classification, cause and effect, comparison, Main worksheet 3
contrast, description( process, objective and Activities: types and methods of page 1-2
impressionistic), and listing/enumeration paragraph development Effective Academic Writing2
Effective Academic Writing1 pp35- pp16-26
Writing Effective Paragraphs 37(Ex 4-6),pp56-60(Ex3-5),pp81- Effective Academic
(continued…) 83(3-5); A Guide to Better Writing Writing3pp 2-30
11
Lecture: 3hrs Developing a paragraph: guided and free pp 86-87,89-90,94-95,97- College Writing Skills; pp
Home St: 5hrs writing guided writing-arranging given 98,102,104-105,110; A concise 135-145
sentences in a logical order, writing a Guide to composition pp42-43
paragraph by developing topic sentence and
12
specific details using given points of a title Main worksheet 3
Free writing –writing a paragraph on a page 3-4 Effective Academic
given title or on your own title Writing2 pp16-26 Effective
Academic Writing3pp 2-30
13
Activities on free and guided writing College Writing Skills; pp
Unit Three Essay Writing Main worksheet 2 page 7-8 135-145

295
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Lecture: 3hrs Stimulating idea on features of an essay


Home St: 4hrs Definition of an essay, structure of an essay:
14 introduction, body and conclusion;
reviewing paragraph structure vs essay Main worksheet 3
structure page 3-4 Effective Academic
Identifying thesis statement and supporting Writing2 pp16-26
15 paragraphs, elements of the thesis Activities on nature and structure of Effective Academic
statement: topic and controlling idea an essay Effective Academic Writing3pp 2-30
Writing2 pp17-18,19,25 Effective College Writing Skills; pp
Lecture: 3hrs Academic Writing3 pp3-7,10-11 135-145
Home St: 4hrs Essay Writing (continued…) A Guide to Better Writing pp170-
Achieving unity and coherence within an 173,188 Main worksheet 3 page 1-2
16 essay
Writing the introduction ( writing the hook, Activities on nature and structure of
the background and the thesis statement) an essay, how t o write the A Guide to Better Writing
introduction part 165-225
Effective Academic Writing3 pp12-19 College Writing Skills; pp
Essay Writing (continued…) College Writing Skills; pp138-145 161-319
Writing the body and the concussion Main worksheet 3 page 3-4 Effective Academic
Lecture: 3hrs Steps in writing an essay: Writing2pp28-74
Home St: 4hrs Planning(questioning, making list, Effective Academic
clustering, preparing outline), drafting, Writing3pp88-109
revising, and editing

Activities on how to write the body


Lecture: 3hrs and the conclusion and steps on
Home St: 4hrs essay writing Activity Effective
Essay Writing (continued…) Academic Writing3 pp10,11
Writing the basic types of essays ( College Writing Skills;
expository, descriptive, narrative and pp25,27,28,31-32,35-37,38-47
argumentative)by employing the different
techniques Activities on writing different types of
essays
Lecture: 3hrs Effective Academic Writing2 pp28-
Home St: 5hrs Essay Writing (continued…) 31,34-36,37-38,55-63,76-78 Effective
Writing the basic types of essays ( Academic Writing3pp93-97
expository, descriptive, narrative and College Writing Skills; pp189,203-
argumentative)by employing the different 4,220-226
techniques
Activities on writing different types of
essays
Effective Academic Writing2 pp28-
31,34-36,37-38,55-63,76-78
Essay Writing (continued…) Effective Academic Writing3pp93-97
Writing the basic types of essays (
expository, descriptive, narrative and Activities on writing different types of
argumentative)by employing the different essays
techniques Effective Academic Writing2 pp28-
31,34-36,37-38,55-63,76-78
Effective Academic Writing3pp93-97

Final Exam Date


Teaching Methodology Teaching and learning methods: Classroom contact/Lecture, group work, interactive tutorial sessions (group and

296
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

pair work/discussions and individual work ( independent learning).


Assessment Methods  Continuous assessment : Quiz (2): 20%, Test (2): 20%, Assignment (2): (20%)
 Final exam : 40%
Course policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will not be
tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to discussions. Students will
be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided according to the time
table indicated.
 80% of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for class. I will not
allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References Writer’s Choice : Grammar and Composition
Rorabacher ,L A Concise Guide to Composition (3rd Ed). London Harper and Row publishers(1976)
A Guided Writing to Composition
Langan,J College Writing Skills. sixth Edition. Boston: Mcgraw-Hill (2005).
Savage, A.and M. Shafiei,Effective Academic Writing 1. Oxford: Oxford University Press. (2007)
Savage, A.and P. Mayer Effective Academic Writing 2 Mcgraw-Hill (2005). Oxford University Press. (2005)
Davis,J and R,Liss Effective Academic Writing 3 The Essay. Oxford University Press. (2005)

Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

66. Communicative English Skills

297
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

XXXX University

XXXX Institute of Technology

Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering

Program Regular
Course Title Communicative English Skills
Course Code EnLa1011
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Basic English Skills
Module Number EnLaM1011
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Students Workload 48Lecture hrs. , 16Tutor and 71 home study hrs
Contact Days ( time and room)
Target Group I Year
Year/Semester I/I
Prerequisites None
Status of the course Compulsory /Common course
Course Description This course is intended to develop and improve students' language competence. It is
also aimed at developing students’ communicative abilities in English which will
help students to develop their communicative skills and overall language competence
in English. Generally, this course will cover the specific language aspects described
below. Developing basic functions of English language skills: reading (scanning,
skimming, reading for details, summarizing, understanding the structure of a text);
listening (listening for the gist, listening for details, recognizing discourse markers,
noticing the structure of a lecture, understanding speaker intentions, recognizing
signposting, attending and following skills); writing (summarizing a text, writing
descriptive texts); speaking (introducing oneself and others, interviewing,
discussions, stating and supporting propositions, stating one’s opinions, organizing
and taking part in a debate, making a persuasive speech, questioning); vocabulary
(working out meanings from context, synonyms, antonyms, collocations, definitions);
grammar (relative clauses, modals, voice, conditionals, tense, reported speech).
Course Objective and Competency
Upon completing the course, students will be able to:
 Express their ideas in various communicative contexts (in group/ pair
discussion, public speaking settings etc.)
 Use various vocabulary learning strategies and techniques
 Write and present reports
 Read various materials and make their own notes
 Identify the structure of oral and written discourses

298
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Attend their academic work at ease and with clarity.


Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Study Hours Main Topic/Sub topic/s/ Chapter Reading material /assignments Student Activities
s
1st 1.Introductory Unit College English VL.I PP 4-10 - Introduce themselves to
Lecture Hours= 1.1. Listening and Speaking: Finding their partners
6hrs out about other people English Communicative
Home Study= 1.2. Vocabulary: Learning to learn Grammar pp 34-48 -find out information about
10hrs others
vocabulary
1.3. Grammar: Learning to use
grammar for facilitating
meaning
Lecture Hours= 1.4. Reading: What is involved in - College English VL.I -Participate in group
2nd 6hrs understanding text? discussions
Home Study= 1.5. Speaking: Introducing oneself and - Communicative English Skills introduce themselves
8hrs others II-unpublished write a personal
1.6. Writing: A short Personal - Writer’s Choice description
description or story

3rd 2.AIDS Listen to texts and identify


&4th Lecture Hours= 2.1. Listening and Speaking: College English-Teacher’s Guide markers of addition and
6hrs 2.1.1. Understanding markers of relating,
Home Study= addition and relating
6hrs identify the gist of the talk,
2.1.2. Listening for gist
write summary of the talk
2.1.3. Responding to the speaker's -guess the meaning of words
purpose College Reading + depending on clues, topic
2.1.4. Writing a brief summary of a McCarthy relationship and collocation
talk
2.2. Vocabulary
2.2.1. Using component parts of a Advanced Grammar in Use + -
word as clues to meaning Grammar for English Language
2.2.2. Using topic relationships in Teachers 350-79
order to learn words
2.2.3. Being aware of how words College English VL.I
collocate with each other College English VL.I
2.2.4. Working out word meanings
from context
2.3. Grammar
2.3.1. Using relative clauses
2.3.2. Expressing warning and advice

5th Lecture Hours= 2.4 Reading


&6th 6hrs 2.4.1. Identifying the intended audience College English VL.I + -read passages and work
Home Study=

299
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

10hrs of a text and other critical reading on comprehension


skills questions
2.4.2. Relating a diagram to a text
Public Speaking for College and -practice and present
2.5 Speaking Career public speeches
2.4.3. Brain storming
2.4.4. Public speaking write summary of a talk
College English VL.I

2.6 Writing: Writing a short summary


of a talk
3.Culture and Values Listen to texts and identify
7th& Lecture Hours= 3.1. Listening and Speaking College English-Teacher’s Guide structure of the talk
8th 6hrs 3.1.1. Identifying the structure of a
Home Study= talk Guess meaning of words
10hrs 3.1.2. Completing a note framework College English VL.I based on their origin and
topic relationship
3.2. Vocabulary
3.2.1. Using topic relationships to learn Practice using active and
new words passive constructions
3.2.2. Words of Greek and Latin origin
3.2.3. Using a vocabulary network to
learn words
Grammar for English Language
3.3. Grammar Teachers p.287
3.3.1.Using active and passive
constructions for descriptive
writing
3.3.2. using time clauses for descriptive
writing
9th and 3.4. Reading College English VL.I -read passage and identify
10th Lecture Hours= 3.4.1. Critical reading main idea and specific
6hrs 3.4.2. Reading for main ideas details
Home Study= 3.4.3. Reading for detail
10hrs 3.5. Speaking -participate in debating
3.5.1. Understanding reference Public Speaking for College and organized in the classroom
3.5.2. Brainstorming Career -write summary and
3.5.3. Organizing and taking part in a descriptive paragraph
debate
3.6. Writing
3.6.1. Writing a brief summary of key Writer’s Choice + Essentials of
ideas from a text Writing
3.6.2. Writing a descriptive essay about
a marriage ceremony
11th 4.Improving Study Practices -listen to lectures and take
and Lecture Hours= 4.1. Listening and speaking College English-Teacher’s Guide notes
12th 6hrs 4.1.1. Thinking about what you do - identify main sections of
Home Study= when you listen to a lecture and take a lecture
8hrs notes
4.1.2. Understanding listing and -work out meaning of
sequencing markers words from context

300
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

4.1.3. Listening for a main sections of a


talk College Reading + Objective -Practice using conditional
English clauses
4.2. Vocabulary
4.2.1. Using a dictionary Grammar for English Language
4.2.2. Working out word meanings from Teachers p231 + College English
context
4.3. Grammar
4.3.1. Using Conditional I,II and III

4.4. Reading College English VL.I


13th Lecture Hours= 4.4.1. Skimming for gist -read passage and identify
& 14th 6hrs 4.4.2. Critical reading and evaluating references and textual
Home Study= 4.4.3. Using reference/textual markers College English VL. I markers
9hrs
4.5. Speaking
4.5.1. Brainstorming and discussing on
what makes a good learner Writers’ Choice -practice writing summary
and essays
4.6 Writing
4.6.1. Summarizing a talk
4.6.2. Summarizing an academic article
4.6.3. Writing an essay on learning
English
---
15th Tutorial= ---- ----
16hrs
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Teaching and learning methods: Classroom contact/Lecture, group work, interactive tutorial sessions (group and
pair work/discussions and individual work ( independent learning).
Assessment Methods Listening10%, Speaking 10%, reading 10%, Writing 10%, Vocabulary 10%, Grammar 10%,
Final examination 40%
Course policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will not be
tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to discussions. Students will
be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided according to the time
table indicated.
 80% of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for class. I will not
allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes.

301
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References Dean, M.1988. Write it; Writing Skills for intermediate learners of English. Cambridge
University Press
DEFLL, 1996.College English: volume I and II.AAU.AAU Printing Press
Gregory.1999.Public speaking for college and career (Fifth Ed).New York: McGraw Hill
College
Hewings, M. 1999.Advanced Grammar in use: self-study Reference Practice Book for
Advanced Learners of English. Cambridge: CUP.
MOE, 2005.Improve Your English: A Course for Ethiopian Teachers (Grade 1-4)-Face to
Face Learner's Books 1&2.Addis Ababa: EMPDE
Mohammedtahir and Tibebe Kasahun, 2005.Communicative English Skills II (unpublished).
Jimma University Press
Strong, W.1991. Writer's Choice: Grammar and Composition. Illinois: McGraw Hall
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

67. Civics and Ethical education

XXXX University

XXXX Institute of Technology

Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering

Program Regular
Course Title Civics and Ethical education
Course Code CvEt1011

302
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical and Computer Engineering


Module Name Reasoning skill and civics
Module Number CESt-M1023
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Students Workload 40 Lecture hrs. , 20group work hrs, 27 presentation hrs, 14 assessment hrs
and 34 home study hrs
Contact Days ( time and room)
Target Group I Year
Year/Semester I/I
Prerequisites None
Status of the course Compulsory /Common course
Course Description This module/course is designed for undergraduate students taking Civics and
Ethics as a common course at all Ethiopian universities and it aims at
cultivating students with the competence of actively participating in the
public life using their democratic rights and discharging their responsibilities
with the necessary civic knowledge and skills and attitudes. In other words, the
module/course will help the students to become visionary citizens who are also
concerned with civic and ethics related issues affecting their country. This is
imperative especially in countries like Ethiopia where the process of
cultivating and inculcating modern constitutional and democratic values in the
minds of citizens is still experiencing challenges largely because the country
had no established civic culture dominated by these values/ principles in its
past history and partly because these values and principles are not yet well-
institutionalized even in its current history. To this end, the module/course first
introduces learners to the meanings of key concepts in the study of Civics and
Ethics like Civics, Citizenship, Ethics and Morality alongside a discussion on
the similarities and differences between and the goals of studying Civics and
Ethics. Next, it exposes them to the meanings, mutual interactions, historical
evolutions, natures etc… of the notions of society, state and government
particularly in the context of Ethiopia. Following this, the course deals with
citizenship, constitution, democracy and human rights in some details but

303
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

again mainly in the context of Ethiopia. Finally, it discusses certain values and
principles of Ethics and Civic virtue that learners must be equipped with both
as citizens and professionals in their encounter with various Civic and Ethical
issues in order to be morally matured and civically responsible when making
decisions and taking actions.
Course Objective and Competency  Upon a successful completion of this module/course, students
will be able to:
 Understand the subject matter of Civics and Ethics;
 Gain knowledge about the theoretical discourses and practices of
state/government, society and citizenship and their mutual interplay
especially in the context of Ethiopia;
 Know the civic, social and political dimension of their citizenship lives
in line with the importance of active civic participation of citizens to
the healthy life of their state and society;
 Gain the philosophical and communication capacity of dialogue in
citizenship discourses via up holding such values as respecting and
tolerance of others;

 Develop individual and/or collective potential of becoming self-


confident citizens who can effectively participate in their legal-
political,socio-economic and cultural lives;

 Understand the historical dynamics and nature of state formation and


nation-building in their country along side with the major problems
generated by this process and the efforts lately made such as
introducing ideals like constitution, democracy and human rights as
remedies;

 Understand the essences of such values and principles as democracy


and human rights, multiculturalism and constitution and
constitutionalism especially in the context of Ethiopia;

 Examine Ethiopia’s experience in constitutional development and


issues of democracy and human rights thereof;

 Develop and demonstrate certain ethical values and civic virtues both
in the realm of human to human and human to environment
relationships;

 Understand the interdependence of Environment and development in

304
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

light of ethics;

 Develop critical/analytical understanding and reflective skill of


identifying global or national level development,
democracy/governance and peace related issues of civics and ethics
and then be able to produce or evaluate policies and practices in a
civically and ethically responsible manner.
 Cultivate certain moral values and civic virtues that enable them be
morally matured and civically competent in their professional and
citizenry lives by practically exposing them to moral and civic
debates/discussions and engagements.
 Develop such values/ virtues as recognition, appreciation and tolerance
towards diversity and also build culture of peace when living in a
multi-cultural Ethiopia.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Study Hours Main Topic/Sub topic/s/ Chapter Remark
s
CHAPTER ONE: UNDERSTANDING CIVICS AND ETHICS
Introduction
1.1. Defining Civics, Citizenship, Ethics and Morality

1.2. Similarities and differences of Civics and Ethics

1.3. Goals of Civics and Ethics

1.4. Competences of Good Citizens

CHAPTER TWO: UNDERSTANDING SOCIETY, STATE AND


GOVERNMENT: ETHIOPIAN FOCUS
Introduction
2.1. Society
 Definition and attributes of society
 Contending theories of society
o Structural-Functionalist theory
o Conflict theory
o Inter-actionist theory
2.2. State
 Definition and attributes of the state
 Theories on the origin and development of state
 State structure: Unitary Vs Federal
2.3. Government
 Definition and Functions of Government

305
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Government structure: Vertical Arrangement Vs Horizontal


Arrangement
 Forms and systems of Government
 Similarities and differences between society, state and
government
2.4. Ethiopian Society, State and Government
2.4.1. Formation of the modern Ethiopian state
(Tewodros II—Menlik II)
2.4.2. Nation- building in modern Ethiopia
 The imperial regime
 The Dergue regime
 Post-1991 period
2.4.3. Overview of government systems and forms in modern
Ethiopia
 The imperial regime
 The Dergue regime
 Post-1991 period
CHAPTER THREE: UNDERSTANDING CITIZENSHIP:
ETHIOPIAN FOCUS
Introduction
3.1. Definition and Aspects/dimensions of Citizenship

3.2. Philosophical discourses on Citizenship: Liberal,


Republican and communitarian perspectives

3.3. Modes of acquiring and loosing citizenship

3.4. Overview of Citizenship and nationality laws in


Ethiopia: Emphasis on nationality proclamations

 The 1931 and 1955 constitutions

 The 1987 PDRE constitution

 The 1995 FDRE constitution

 Major rights and responsibilities of citizens

CHAPTER FOUR: CONSTITUTION, DEMOCRACY AND


HUMAN RIGHTS: ETHIOPIAN FOCUS
Introduction
4.1. Constitution

306
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Definition of constitution and constitutionalism

 Purpose and classifications of constitution

4.2. Democracy
 Definition and ways of exercising democracy

 Approaches for understanding democracy

 Fundamental values and principles of democracy

 Democratization and actors in democratization process

4.3. Human rights


 Definition , nature and classification of human rights

 Human rights instruments

 Constitution , democracy and human right experiences in


Ethiopia

 Democracy and human rights under the 1931 and 1955


constitutions

 Democracy and human rights under the PDRE


constitution

 Democracy and human rights under the FDRE


constitution

CHAPTER FIVE: ETHICS AND CIVIC VIRTUE


Introduction
5.1. Over view of Ethics and Ethical theories/school of thoughts

 Utilitarian Approach

 The Rights Approach

 The Fairness Approach

 The Common good Approach

 The Virtue Approach

5.2. Selected issues in Applied Ethics

307
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Development ethics

 Environment ethics

 Professional ethics

 Public service ethics : Principles

5.3. Overview of civic virtue : Civic disposition and Civic


commitments

5.4. Civic disposition and Civic commitment in the Ethiopian


context

CHAPTER SIX: ISSUES IN CIVICS AND ETHICS


Introduction
6.1. Criteria of identifying and selecting Topical issues in Civics
and Ethics

6.2. Selected global/international and national issues in Civics and


Ethics

On development
 Poverty/inequality---hunger, work habit/ethics, begging,
Emigration, gender/regional inequality, affirmative action

 Climate change--- global warming, sustainable development

On democracy/ governance
 Corruption /rent seeking,

 Civic culture and civic participation---parochialism Vs


passiveness Vs active participation, rights Vs
responsibilities balance

 Globalization --- political, economical, culture, cultural


imperialism and clash of civilizations, education
(knowledge/technology transfer), brain drain, aid /loan and
aid/loan conditionality Vs state sovereignty

On peace and stability


 Terrorism – Religious fundamentalism, piracy

Final Exam Date

308
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Teaching Methodology The course facilitator is expected to lecture for introducing concepts and topics, and give
references, facilitate discussions, ask questions, give and correct assessments,
Arrange and facilitate seminar sessions by inviting professionals for public lectures or
debates on subject related issues as linked to civics and ethics
Assessment Methods Group assignments and presentations 30%, Two tests/quizzes 30%,
Final examination 40%
Course policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students throughout this
course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will not be
tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to discussions. Students
will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided according to the
time table indicated.
 80% of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for class. I will
not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in your
grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References Alexander, Larry (ed.).1998. Constitutionalism: Philosophical Foundations. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Assefa Fisseha. 2006. Federalism and Accommodation of Ethnic Diversity in Ethiopia:
Comparative Study. Utrecht: Wolf Legal Publishers.
Boss, J. 1998. Perspective on Ethics. London: Mayfield Publishing Company.
Charles F. Kettering Foundation. & Harwood Group.1991. Citizens and politics: a
view from Main Street America. Dayton, Ohio: The Foundation.
Clampham, Christopher .1969. Haile-Selassie’s Government. Praeger: New York.

Ehrlich, T. 2000. Civic responsibility and higher education. Phoenix, Az: Oryx Press.

Endale Nigussie (2011), Civics and Ethics, A Module Prepared for all Summer Programs
Student, Dilla University, Dilla.

Fasil Nahum. 1997. Constitution for a Nation of Nations: The Ethiopian Prospect.

309
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Lawrenceville,NJ: Red Sea Publishers.


FDRE. 1995. The Constitution of the Federal Democratic of Ethiopia
Frechette,S. 1981. Environmental Ethics. U.S.A.: The Boxwood Press.
Goodin, Robert E. 2005. Reflective Democracy. Oxford University Press: New York.
Harrop, Martin and William L. (1987). Elections and Voters: A Comparative
Introduction. London: The Macmillan Press LTD.
Held, David .1996. Models of Democracy. Cambridge Polity Press: Cambridge.
James Paul and Clapham .1972. Ethiopian Constitutional Development: A source book.
Haile Selassie I university: Addis Ababa.
Jeavons, T. (1991). Learning for the common good: liberal education, civic education,
and teaching about philanthropy. Washington, DC: Association of American
Colleges.

Macedo, S. (2000). Diversity and distrust: civic education in a multicultural


democracy.
Cambridge, Mass: Harvard University Press.

Melzer, A. M., Weinberger, J., & Zinman, M. R. (1998). Multiculturalism and American
Democracy. Lawrence, Kansas: University Press of Kansas.

Niemi, R. G., & Junn, J. (1998). Civic education : what makes students learn. New
Haven: Yale University Press.

Nzongola, Ntalajia and Margaret C. 1998. The State and Democracy in Africa. Asmara:
Africa World Pres.
Oppenheim, A. N. (1977). Civic education and participation in democracy : the
German
case. London ; Beverly Hills: Sage.
Penrose, W. O. (1952). Freedom is ourselves: Legal rights and duties of the citizen as a
basis for civic education. Newark: University of Delaware Press.

Strong, C.F .1963. A History of Modern Political Constitutions. New York: G.P.
Putnam’s Sons
. Documents
Ethiopian constitutions
Ethiopian nationality proclamations
Approved By:

_________________ ________________

310
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

68. Introduction to Logic (Reasoning Skill)

XXXX University

XXXX Institute of Technology

Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering

Program Regular
Course Title Introduction to Logic (Reasoning Skill)
Course Code CESt1023
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Reasoning skill and civics
Module Number CESt-M1023
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 3
Students Workload 32 Lecture hrs, 04 presentation hrs, 08 assessment hrs, tutorial 04 hrs
and 32 home study hrs
Contact Days ( time and room)
Target Group I Year
Year/Semester I/I
Prerequisites None
Status of the course Compulsory /Common course
Course Description This course attempts to introduce the fundamental concepts of logic and
methods of logical reasoning. The purpose of the course is to develop in
learners the skills required to construct sound arguments of their own and the
ability to critically evaluate the arguments of others: cultivate the habits of
critical thinking and develop sensitivity to the clear and accurate use of
language.
Course Objective and Competency Upon the successful completion of the course, students will be able to:
 Familiarize with the fundamental concepts of logic;
 Develop the skills required to construct sound arguments;
 Cultivate the habits of critical thinking and develop sensitivity to the clear
and accurate use of language;

311
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

 Exercise critical thinking and judgment of things and ideas;


 Outline the variety of logical rules and principles;
 Differentiate deductive and inductive reasoning;
 Evaluate their arguments and the arguments of others;
 Describe challenges to sound reasoning;
 Articulate logical fallacies/errors; and
 Construct good arguments
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Study Hours Main Topic/Sub topic/s/ Chapter Remark
s
Chapter One: Basic Concepts in Logic
 Arguments, Premises, and Conclusions
 Recognizing Arguments
 Deduction and Induction
 Validity, Truth, Soundness, Strength, Cogency

Chapter Two: Language: Meaning and Definition


 Varieties of Meaning
 The Intension and Extension of Terms
 Definitions and their Purposes
 Definitional Techniques

Chapter Three: Informal Fallacies


 Fallacies in General
 Fallacies of Relevance
 Fallacies of Weak Induction
 Fallacies of Presumption, Ambiguity, and Grammatical
Analogy

Chapter Four: Categorical Propositions


 The Components of Categorical Propositions
 Quality, Quantity and Distribution
 Venn Diagrams and the Modern Square of Opposition
 Conversion, Obversion, and Contraposition

312
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Chapter Five: Categorical Syllogism


 Standard Form, Mood and Figure
 Venn Diagrams
 Rules and Figures
 Reducing the Number of Terms
 Ordinary Language Arguments
 Enthymemes
 Sorites

Final Exam Date


Teaching Methodology Lecture, Daily class Discussions and Debates, Group Participation and Discussion and Intensive Self-
Reading
Assessment Methods Group assignments and presentations 30%, Two tests/quizzes 20%,
Final examination 50%
Course policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students throughout this
course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will not be
tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to discussions. Students
will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided according to the
time table indicated.
 80% of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for class. I will
not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in your
grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References  Hurley, Patrick J.(1997) A Concise Introduction to Logic 6th Edition. Belmarnt:
Wadsworth Publishing Company. (A Text Book)
 Copi, Irving M.and Carl Cohen, (1990) Introduction to Logic, New York: Macmillan
Publishing Company.
 Fogelin, Robert, J, (1987) Understanding Arguments: An Introduction to Informal
Logic New York: Harcourt Brace Jvanovich Publisher.
 Guttenplan, Samuel: (1991) The Language of Logic. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers

313
XX Univ, XX Inst, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Modularized UG Five Year Curriculum

Stephen, C.(200) The Power of Logic. London and Toronto: Mayfield


Publishing company.
 Simico, N.D and G.G James. (1983) Elementary Logic, Belmont, Ca: Wadsworth
Publishing Company.
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

314

You might also like